Teachers open the door.
Volume - 6 Issue - 10
April, 2011 (Monthly Magazine)
Editorial / Mailing Office :
112-B, Shakti Nagar, Kota (Raj.)
Tel. : 0744-2500492, 2500692, 3040000
e-mail : xtraedge@gmail.com
Editor :
Pramod Maheshwari
[B.Tech. IIT-Delhi]
Cover Design
Om Gocher, Govind Saini
Layout
Rajaram Gocher
Circulation & Advertisement
Praveen Chandna
Ph 0744-3040000, 9672977502
Subscription
Sudha Jaisingh Ph. 0744-2500492, 2500692
© Strictly reserved with the publishers
• No Portion of the magazine can be
published/ reproduced without the
written permission of the publisher
• All disputes are subject to the
exclusive jurisdiction of the Kota
Courts only.
Every effort has been made to avoid errors or
omission in this publication. Inr spite of this,
errors are possible. Any mistake, error or
discrepancy noted may be brought to our
notice which shall be taken care of in the
forthcoming edition, hence any suggestion is
welcome. It is notified that neither the
publisher nor the author or seller will be
responsible for any damage or loss of action to
any one, of any kind, in any manner, there from.
Unit Price ` 20/-
Special Subscription Rates
6 issues : ` 100 /- [One issue free ]
12 issues : ` 200 /- [Two issues free]
24 issues : ` 400 /- [Four issues free]
Owned & Published by Pramod
Maheshwari, 112, Shakti Nagar,
Dadabari, Kota & Printed by Naval
Maheshwari, Published & Printed at 112,
Shakti Nagar, Dadabari, Kota.
Editor : Pramod Maheshwari
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
You enter by yourself.
Editorial
Dear Students,
Success is the result of inspiration, aspiration, desperation and
perspiration. Your luck generally changes as a result of the above
inputs. There is always a fierce struggle on the road leading to your
desired goal. No triumph comes without effort and changing obstacles
into tools for success. For achieving your desired goal you must have a
fierce and a strong desire to succeed.
Success begins in the mind. Whatever the mind of man can believe and
conceive it can achieve. You should make a commitment to yourself to
succeed. Do not believer that success is the result of either an accident
or a fluke. Nothing is ever achieved without working for it with
integrity, wisdom commitment and a success oriented attitude. Your
have to accept responsibility for your decisions which will ultimately
determine your destiny. The best way to succeed is to accept and learn
from your mistakes. It is a fact that luck only follows hard work.
Master the fundamentals of whatever you are required to do keep on
developing your character confidence, values, beliefs and personality by
always keeping in view the exarmples and lives of successful people.
You will notice that all successful people combine in themselves
integrity, unselfishness, patience, understanding, conviction, courage,
loyalty and self-esteem. They have both ability and character. Hence,
they are successful in whatever they undertake.
No success is possible unless you believe that you can succeed. Positive
faith in yourself is both vital and crucial for success. This attitude will
help your competence reach visibly successful levels of performance
and prepare you for hard work.
Look at the task and ask yourself whether your output can be further
improved. There is little room at the top. The top is always rarefied and
limited space. Only one person can be there at a time. Do not be the one
who gets left out for want of persistence, determination and
commitment.
Forever presenting positive ideas to your success.
Yours truly
Pramod Maheshwari,
B.Tech., IIT Delhi
1 APRIL 2011
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 2 APRIL 2011
 Volume-6 Issue-10
April, 2011 (Monthly Magazine) CONTENTS
INDEX PAGE
NEXT MONTHS ATTRACTIONS
Regulars ..........
Much more IIT-JEE News.
NEWS ARTICLE 4
Know IIT-JEE With 15 Best Questions of IIT-JEE • Rs 4 cr Kapil Dev Scholarship Program for
Challenging Problems in Physics,, Chemistry & Maths
students
• Smart tips to crack IIT-JEE and AIEEE 2011
Key Concepts & Problem Solving strategy for IIT-JEE.
IITian ON THE PATH OF SUCCESS 6
IIT-JEE 2011 Examination Paper & Solution
Mr. Sanjay Mehrotra & Vinod Khosla
KNOW IIT-JEE 7
Previous IIT-JEE Question

Study Time........
DYNAMIC PHYSICS 14
8-Challenging Problems [Set # 12]
S Students’ Forum

Success Tips for the Months

• "All of us are born for a reason, but all of
CATALYSE CHEMISTRY 23
us don't discover why. Success in life has
nothing to do with what you gain in life or Key Concept
accomplish for yourself. It's what you do • Aromatic Hydrocarbon
for others."
• Solubility Product
• "Don't confuse fame with success. Understanding : Organic Chemistry
Madonna is one; Helen Keller is the other."

• "Success is not the result of spontaneous

combustion. You must first set yourself on
fire." DICEY MATHS 31
Mathematical Challenges
• "Success does not consist in never making
Students’ Forum
mistakes but in never making the same one
a second time."

• "A strong, positive self-image is the best

possible preparation for success."
Test Time ..........
• "Failure is success if we learn from it."
XTRAEDGE TEST SERIES 41
• "The first step toward success is taken Mock Test IIT-JEE Paper-1 & Paper-2
when you refuse to be a captive of the Mock Test AIEEE
environment in which you first find Mock Test BIT SAT
yourself." SOLUTIONS 83

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 3 APRIL 2011

Rs 4 cr Kapil Dev Scholarship
Program for students
What: Scholarships worth Rs 4 crore
to students aspiring to build a career in
the service sector under the newly
launched 'Kapil Dev Scholarship
Program' from UEI Global.
Who is eligible: The scholarships will
be offered on the basis of the
performance in an entrance
examination scheduled sometime this
academic year.
Smart tips to crack IIT-JEE and
AIEEE 2011
A serious aspirant has separate
strategies for Boards, IIT-JEE and
AIEEE, however, what's common is
the Board exam syllabus. Hence, it is
advisable to make sure that when
preparing for engineering entrance
exams all chapters relevant to Board
exams are definitely covered first.
Students to avoid selective study in
Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics.
This is because with the number of
questions being more in objective type
papers and with intermingling of their
underlying concepts, all topics may be
covered.
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
Canada and India strengthen
educational ties
Carleton University has established
partnerships with two Indian
universities for the benefit of furthering
academic development and research.
Roseann O'Reilly Runte, president,
Carleton University, who is in India,
signed a memorandum of
understanding on renewable energy and
aerospace engineering with the
University of Petroleum and Energy
Studies, Delhi, and another on business
management with the Jindal Global
University, Haryana.
"These agreements target specific areas
of strength for the partner institutions
and provide a framework for exchanges
of faculty and students for joint
research projects, academic exchanges
and collaborative programmes," her
office said in a statement from Ottawa.
Before leaving for Delhi, Runte had
told India Abroad that she would
address several forums in India,
including students at the Birla Institute
of Technology and Science-Pilani,
Rajasthan and their Hyderabad campus,
in which she would outline the need for
interdisciplinary thinking and an
international team of researchers, as
well as the role of post-secondary
education in addressing the challenges
and opportunities presented by an
increasingly global world. Meanwhile,
back home, Carleton University's newly
created Canada -India Center is gearing
up for two international summits. The
first, the Canada-India Innovation
Summit, in association with the
4 APRIL 2011
International Science and
Technology Partnerships Canada,
will take place May 9 to 13 to
discuss innovation strategies in key
sectors of interest for Canada and
India. It will feature Sam Pitroda.
For the second event, the university
is liaising with the Shastri Indo-
Canadian Institute. "We are
cooperating with them on organising
a big education summit between June
17 and 18," said Runte. "It will be
co-sponsored by the Association of
Universities and Colleges of Canada,
department of foreign affairs and
international trade and the Indian
high commission. The Canada-India
Education Summit will focus on a
dialogue between vice chancellors
from India and Canadian university
executives on issues surrounding
leadership and strategies for higher
education," she added.
IITian designing temporary
shelter system for quake victims
KANPUR: In the recently held
design exposition `ADEX-2011' at
IIT-Kanpur, a students of the design
programme had displayed a poster on
a temporary shelter system for the
victims of natural disasters.
In the light of tsunami which hit
Japan on Friday, Mukund
Mundhada's work could be a
guideline for the disaster mitigation
efforts.
Mukund, a second year student of the
design Programme, who has
conducted field studies in Bhuj in
Gujarat. A temporary shelter is
provided by the government if an
earthquake or a natural disaster hits a
specific area. The shelter is provided
to the people who get affected due to
natural calamities like earthquakes.
During his visit to Bhuj, Mukund
noticed that the shelter provided to
the earthquake victims had
shortcomings. Mukund is designing a
temporary shelter system for
earthquake affected areas.
IIT Placements 2011 : Companies
Back on hiring track
Now it’s time for IITs to show their
worth in the corporate world. The B-
schools are not the only institutes that
are attracting companies to hire their
students. Even IITs are also on the
same track. The improved situations
of the global market have brought
back the companies on the campus of
Indian Institute of Technology (IITs),
too.
In last two years the IITs were unable
to place all its students due to lack of
jobs in the market. But this year starts
on a bright note as IIT have already
managed to place almost 80% of
students from the current batch.
Students are also receiving record
salary offers.
SK Srivastave, professor-in-charge,
training and placement, IIT-Kharagpur
said, “Overall the sentiment has been
more positive. Companies have been
bullish both in terms of making offers
and presenting the salary packages. In
fact, it would not be incorrect to say
that offers are better than those made
pre-recession.”
This year IIT-K started its placement
process in the last week of the
December 2010 and recorded highest
pay packages of about $1,35,000 by
Facebook.
Till the last week of the February,
more than 600 companies visited the
campus to recruit students and made
almost 1700 offers. Srivastave said,
“With 80 per cent of students
currently placed, things seem to be on
the upswing. Even students of those
departments that did not get placed
last year, have already seen 100 per
cent placements.” This year the
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
institute invited more companies on
campus for placements.
The placement season, which is still
going on, has witnessed active
participation from more than 200
companies across technology, research
and development, public sector,
financial services, engineering and
processing along with education related
sectors.
Ravi Sinha professor-in-charge,
placement, IIT-Bombay said, “In
general we have observed a 15 to 20
per cent increase in salary across all
sectors as compared to last year. With
the increase in salary packages
observed last year, the current packages
are generally better than those offered
during the pre-recession period.”
IIT-Madras has placed 80% students till
now, and the placement season is still
on and will last for a month. The
average salary for an IIT-Madras
graduate is Rs. 7.5 lakhs per annum.
N R Babu, advisor, training and
placement, IIT-Madras said, “The
highest salary this year stands at Rs 38
lakh so far, with the primary recruiters
coming from information technology
(IT) companies like Google and
Facebook, along with consultancies like
McKinsey,” said N R Babu, advisor,
training and placement, IIT-Madras.
This year almost all the departments at
IITs have witnessed a good placement
session till now. Salary levels have
gone up more than 25-30%. This year
IIT-Roorkee, has not seen a big change
in the salary offered to students.
PK Jain, professor and coordinator,
training and placement cell, IIT-
Roorkee, said, “The highest salary of
about Rs 40 lakh is comparable to last
year’s packages. While saying that
things are back to pre-recession would
be over-stepping the line, one can hope
that the increase in number of visiting
companies will translate into better
packages soon.”
IIT Delhi top university for IT
graduates in India
BANGALORE: Indian Institute of
Technology Delhi, which has been
created as a centre of excellence for
5 APRIL 2011
higher training, has been ranked as
India's top university for IT
graduates..
IIT Delhi is one of the seven
Institutes of Technology created as
centres of excellence for higher
training, research and development
in science, engineering and
technology in India, the others being
at Kanpur, Kharagpur, Madras,
Bombay, Guwahati and Roorkee.
Breakthrough to keep pesky
SMSes at bay
Tired of junk marketing messages
flooding your cell phone inbox?
SMSAssassin, a software developed
by Indian Institute of Information
Technology-Delhi (IIT-Delhi), can
now put an end to your woes by
helping you segregate spam from
regular messages.
These unwanted messages disturb
mobile users and at times come with
infected attachments.
IIT Kharagpur Students Bag
Mahindra Satyam Aerospace
Young Engineer Award
Mahindra Satyam announced the
winners of the first "Mahindra
Satyam Aerospace Young Engineer
Awards 2010". This was a
prestigious and first of its kind
initiative in India which witnessed
participation from about 60 premier
institutions including the Indian
Institute of Science, IITs, NITs and
other reputed engineering colleges.
IIT - Kharagpur welcomes
budgetary grant
The Indian Institute of Technology-
Kharagpur on Monday welcomed the
special budgetary grant of Rs.200
crore ahead of its diamond jubilee,
and said the amount will be used for
renovation and upgradation of the
institution as also in areas like nano
science research.
 Success Story
This article contains stories/interviews of persons who succeed after graduation from different IITs
Mr. Sanjay Mehrotra
IIT Delhi graduate
T
T T
"Our production cost per gigabyte of flash declined 46
percent in 2010, and over 50 per cent in 2009" Sanjay
Mehrotra, Sandisk.
California-based SanDisk Corp is the global leader in flash
memory, with revenues of about $4bn (and market cap of
nearly $9 bn). Sanjay Mehrotra, co-founded the company
in 1988 along with Dr Eli Harari, and in January took over
as president and CEO when Harari retired, met
CyberMedia editors Prasanto K Roy and Rajneesh De
in Delhi recently. Excerpts from the full interview
Flash is a great segment to be in, isn't it? A rare tech
product whose price doesn't keep crashing, and often
rises instead.
Actually, Nand flash pricing over the past several years
has generally come down. Price declines happen along
with cost declines. The cost of manufacturing flash has
been coming down rapidly, because of very significant
advances in technology development for flash. At
SanDisk, our cost per GB in 2010 declined 46 per cent
compared to 2009. For the year before that, our cost
decline was above 50 per cent.
The flash industry is so big today, with flash so pervasive
in all these devices... because the cost of producing flash
has, through technology advancement, been coming down
very rapidly. That has been the key to opening up new
applications.
What new applications? And what prices?
When we look at the future, we see a lot more flash in
[PCs and notebooks]. Flash in PCs will be enabled...and
will become big, only if the pricepoints are attractive
enough for the consumer. When flash gets to a dollar a
gigaybte and below, that's when it starts becoming big in
the PC market. That's when users can have 128 GB flash
drives, or even 256 GB over the next 2 to 3 years, at
attractive enough pricepoints.
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
Mr. Vinod Khosla
IIT Delhi graduate
T
Vinod Khosla is a capitalist and a very prominent character
of the Silicon Valley. His birth place is New Delhi. He was
born on 28/1/ 1955. Vinod Khosla founded Sun
Microsystems and also the 1st Chief Executive Officer and
Chairperson of Sun Microsystems. In 1986 he became the
Partner of a capital firm Kleiner, Perkins, Caufield and
Byers. It was in 2004 that khosla ventures was founded
which was his personal firm.
Khosla belonged to a Punjabi family. His father served the
army and his posting was in New Delhi. When Khosla was
14 years old he came to know about Intel which gave him
the inspiration to take up technology as his career. He got
his bachelors degree in Electrical Engineering from Indian
Institute of Technology Delhi. He also got his Biomedical
Engineering masters degree from Mellon University and
did his Masters in Business Management from Stanford
Graduate School.
After doing his graduation in 1980 from Stanford
University he along with some of his batch mates set up a
new company known as Sun Microsystems. He was the 1st
Chief Executive Officer and chairperson of Sun
Microsystems and served for two years after which he left
and joined another company.
When he joined hands with Kleiner, Perkins, Caufield and
Byers he became well known as a venture capitalist though
he is quite renowned for many ventures which have proved
successful and some which have turned to be disastrous.
He has also invested his money in small NGO’s which
help poor and needy women of the countryside.It was in
2004 that his own firm was established which is known as
Khosla Ventures. It is in California. He is married to Neeru
and has five children.
6 APRIL 2011
 KNOW IIT-JEE
By Previous Exam Questions

Sol. (D)
PHYSICS The condition for equilibrium of the piston is
Mg = (P0 – P)πR2
Paragraph (Q. No. 1 to 3)
A fixed thermally conducting cylinder has a radius R – Mg
⇒ P= + P0
and height L0. The cylinder is open at its bottom and πR 2
has a small hole at its top. A piston of mass M is
held at a distance L from the top surface, as shown y 2L
in the figure the atmospheric pressure is P0. P
[IIT-2007]
2R P0

Since the cylinder is thermally conducting, the

L temperature remains the same.
Therefore P0 × (2L × πR2) = Py × πR2
L0 P0 P0
⇒ y= × 2L = × 2L
P  Mg 
 P0 – 
 πR 2 

Piston P0 × πR 2
= × 2L
P0 πR 2 – Mg
1. The piston is now pulled slowly and held at a distance
2L from the top. The pressure in the cylinder between 3. The piston is taken completely out of the cylinder. The
its top and the piston will then be - hole at the top is sealed. A water tank is brought below
P the cylinder and put in a position so that the water
(A) P0 (B) 0
2 surface in the tank is at the same level as the top of the
P Mg P Mg cylinder as shown in the figure. The density of the
(C) 0 + (D) 0 – water is ρ. In equilibrium, the height H of the water
2 πR 2 2 πR 2
column in the cylinder satisfies [IIT-2007]
Sol. (A)
When the piston is pulled out slowly, the pressure
drop produced inside the cylinder is almost
instantaneously neutralised by the air entering from L0
outside into the cylinder (through the small hole at
the top). Therefore the pressure inside the cylinder is H
P0 throughout the slow pulling process.
2. While the piston is at a distance 2 L from the top, the (A) ρg(L0 – H)2 + P0(L0 – H) + L0P0 = 0
hole at the top is sealed. The piston is then released, to
(B) ρg(L0 – H)2 – P0(L0 – H) – L0P0 = 0
a position where it can stay in equilibrium. In this
(C) ρg(L0 – H)2 + P0(L0 – H) – L0P0 = 0
condition, the distance of the piston from the top is
(D) ρg(L0 – H)2 – P0(L0 – H) + L0P0 = 0
 2 P πR 2   2 
(A)  2 0 (2 L) (B)  P0 πR – Mg (2 L) Sol. (C)
 πR P + Mg   πR 2 P 
 0   0  At equilibrium, P = P
 P πR 2 + Mg   2  ⇒ P = P0 + (L0 – H) ρg …(i)
(C)  0 (2 L) (D)  P0 πR ( 2 L ) 2 2
 πR 2 P   πR 2 P – Mg  Also P0 × (πR L0) = P [πR (L0 – H)]
 0   0 

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 7 APRIL 2011


P0
P comparing it with v = c1 c2 – x 2 we find the two
L0
P H
L0 P0
⇒ P= …(ii)
L0 – H
L0 P0
= P0 + (L0 – H) ρg
L0 – H
⇒ L0P0 = P0(P0 – H) + (L0 – H)2 ρg
⇒ ρg(L0 – H)2 + P0(L0 – H)
– L0P0 = 0
Column Matching Type
4. Column-I describes some situation in which a small
object moves. Column-II describes some
characteristics of these motions. Match the situations
in Column-I with the characteristics in Column II.
Column-I
(A) The object moves on the x-axis under a
conservative force in such a way that its "speed"
2 the object will leave the earth. it will therefore not
and position" satisfy v = c1 c 2 – x where c1
and c2 are positive constants.
(B) The object moves on the x-axis in such a way
that its velocity and its displacement from the
origin satisfy v = – kx, where k is a positive
constant.
(C) The object is attached to one end of a mass-less
spring of a given spring constant. The other end
of the spring is attached to the ceiling of an
elevator. Initially everything is at rest. The
elevator starts going upwards with a constant
acceleration a. The motion of the object is
observed from the elevator during the period it
maintains this acceleration.
(D) The object is projected from the earth's surface
vertically upwards with a speed 2 GM e / Re ,
where, Me is the mass of the earth and Re is the
radius of the earth, Neglect forces from objects
other than the earth. [IIT-2007]
Column-II
(P) The object executes a simple harmonic motion.
(Q) The object does not change its direction.
(R) The kinetic energy of the object keeps on
decreasing.
(S) The object can change its direction only once.
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
Sol. A : P
For a simple harmonic motion v = a ω2 – x 2 on
comparable.
B : P, R
When x is positive; v is – ve, indicating that the
velocity is negative . As x decreases, v decreases.
Therefore kinetic energy will decreases. When x = 0,
v = 0. Therefore the object does not change its
direction.
When x is negative, v is positive. But as x decreases
in magnitude, v also decreases. Therefore kinetic
energy decreases. When x = 0, v = 0. Therefore the
object does not change its direction.
C:P
When a = 0, let the spring have an extension x. Then
kx = mg.
When the elevator starts going upwards with a
constant acceleration, as seen by the observer in the
elevator, the object is at rest.
∴ ma + mg = kx'
⇒ ma = k (x' – x)
(Since a is constant.)
D : Q, R
The speed is 2 times the escape speed. Therefore
change the direction and its kinetic energy will keep
on decreasing.
5. Statement-I : A vertical iron rod has coil of wire
wound over it at the bottom end. An alternating current
flows in the coil. The rod goes through a conducting
ring as shown in the figure. The ring can float at a
certain height above the coil.
Statement-II : In the above situation, a current is
induced in the ring which interacts with the horizontal
component of the magnetic field to produce an average
force in the upward direction. [IIT-2007]
(A) Statement-I is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-
2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1
(B) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is true; Statement-
2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement-1
8 APRIL 2011
 (C) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False Molecular wt. = Basicity × Equivalent weight
(D) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True. = 2 × 83 = 166
Sol. (A) Since (B) on heating with soda-lime gives benzene,
As shown in the figure the horizontal component of the C6H4 represents to benzene nucleus having two
the magnetic field interacts with the induced current side chains, thus (B) is a benzene dicarboxylic acid.
produced in the conducting ring which produces an There are three benzene dicarboxylic acids.
average force in the upward direction. (Fleming's COOH COOH
left hand rule) COOH
F COOH COOH
I COOH
Phthalic acid Isophthalic acid Terphthalic acid
I All the above three acids are obtained by the
BH oxidation of respectively xylenes.
CH3 6[O] COOH
+ 2H2O
CH3 COOH
Conducting ring
o-xylene

CH3 6[O] COOH

+ 2H2O
CHEMISTRY CH3 COOH
m-xylene
6. A hydrocarbon (A) [C = 90.56%, V.D. = 53] was CH3 COOH
subjected to vigrous oxidation to give a dibasic acid 6[O]
(B). 0.10 g of (B) required 24.10 ml of 0.05 N NaOH + 2H2O
for complete neutralization. When (B) was heated CH3 COOH
strongly with soda-lime it gave benzene. Identify (A) p-xylene
and (B) with proper reasoning and also give their
All the above three acids on heating with soda-lime
structures.
yields only benzene.
Sol. Determination of empirical formula of (A) :
COOH COOH
Atomic Relative no. , ,
Element % Simplest ratio COOH
wt. of atoms COOH
COOH
90.56 7.55
C 90.56 12 = 7.55 = 1 or 4 NaOH + CaO
+ 2CO2
12 7.55 ∆
COOH
9.44
9.44 = 1.25 Of the three acids, one which on heating gives an
H 9.44 1 = 9.44 7.55
1 anhydride, is o-isomer.
or 5
COOH CO
∆ O
The empirical formula of (A) = C4H5 COOH –H 2O CO
Empirical formula weight = 48 + 5 = 53
One acid which on nitration gives a mono nitro
Molecular weight = V.D. × 2 = 53 × 2 = 106 compound is p-dicarboxylic acid.
Molecular wt. 106 COOH COOH
Hence, n = = =2
Empirical wt. 53 HNO3 NO2
∆; H2SO4
Molecular formula = 2 × C4H5 = C8H10
COOH COOH
The given equation may be outlined as follows :
COOH One acid which on nitration gives three mono nitro
Vigrous oxidation compounds will be the m-isomer.
C8H10 C6H4 + 2H2O
6[O] COOH COOH COOH
(A) (B) COOH
HNO3 NO2
Meq. of dicarboxylic acid = Meq. of NaOH COOH H 2 SO4 COOH COOH
0.1× 1,000 NO2
= 24.1 × 0.05 COOH
E
Equivalent of acid = 83 NO2 COOH

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 9 APRIL 2011

7. Two moles of an anhydrous ester (A) are condensed (D) CH3COCH3
in presence of sodium ethoxide to give a β-keto ester (E) CH3COCH2Na
(B) and ethanol. On heating in an acidic solution (F) CH3COCH2CH3
compound (B) gives ethanol and a β-keto acid (C). 8. A green coloured compound (A) gave the following
(C) on decarboxylation gives (D) of molecular reactions :
formula C3H6O. Compound (D) reacts with sodamide (i) (A) dissolves in water to give a green solution.
to give a sodium salt (E), which on heating with CH3I The solution on reaction with AgNO3 gives a white
gives (F), C4H8O, which reacts with phenyl hydrazine ppt. (B) which dissolves in NH4OH solution and
but not with Fehling reagent. (F) on heating with I2 reappears on addition of dil. HNO3. It on heating with
and NaOH gives yellow precipitate of CHI3 and K2Cr2O7 and conc. H2SO4 produced a red gas which
sodium propionate. Compound (D) also gives dissolves in NaOH to give yellow solution (C).
iodoform, but sodium salt of acetic acid. The sodium Addition of lead acetate solution to (C) gives a
salt of acetic acid on acidification gives acetic acid yellow ppt. which is used as a paint.
which on heating with C2H5OH in presence of conc. (ii) The hydroxide of cation of (A) in borax bead test
H2SO4 gives the original ester (A). What are (A) to gives brown colour in oxidising flame and grey
(F) ? colour in reducing flame.
Sol. (i) Acetic acid on heating with C2H5OH gives (iii) Aqueous solution of (A) gives a black ppt. on
original compound (A). passing H2S gas. The black ppt. dissolves in
CH3COOH + C2H5OH H2SO

 4
→ CH 3COOC 2 H 5 aquaregia and gives back (A).
∆ (A) (iv) (A) on boiling with NaHCO3 and Br2 water gives
+ H2O a black ppt. (D)
(ii) CH3COOC2H5 (A) on heating with C2H5ONa (v) (A) on treatment with KCN gives a light green
undergoes Claisen condensation to give (B), which is ppt. (E) which dissolves in excess of KCN to give
aceto acetic ester. (F). (F) on heating with alkaline bromine water gives
CH3CO OC2H5 + H CH2COOC2H5
C2H5ONa the same black ppt. as (D).
Reflux Identify compounds (A) to (F) and give balanced
(A)
+ C2H5OH + CH3COCH2COOC2H5 equations of the reactions.
(B)
Sol. Reaction (i) indicates that (A) contains Cl– ions
because, it gives white ppt. soluble in NH4OH. It is
(iii) (B) on heating in acidic solution gives (C) and
again confirmed because it gives chromyl chloride
ethyl alcohol.
+
test. The colour of oxidising and reducing flames
CH 3COCH 2 COOC 2 H 5 + HOH H→ indicate that (A) also contains Ni2+ ions. Hence, (A)
( B) is NiCl2. The different reactions are :
CH 3COCH 2 COOH + C2H5OH (i) NiCl2 + 2AgNO3 → 2AgCl + Ni(NO3)2
(C) AgCl + 2NH3 → [Ag( NH 3 ) 2 ]Cl
So lub le
(iv) (C) on decarboxylation gives acetone (D).
∆ Ag(NH3)2Cl + 2HNO3 → AgCl ↓ + 2NH4NO3
CH 3COCH 2 COOH → CH 3COCH 3 white ppt . ( B)
− CO 2
(C) ( D)
The equations of chromyl chloride tests are :
(v) (D) reacts with NaNH2 to form sodium salt (E), NiCl2 + Na2CO3 → 2NaCl + NiCO3
which on heating with CH3I gives butanone (F). 4NaCl + K2Cr2O7 + 6H2SO4 → 4NaHSO4 + 2KHSO4
∆
CH 3COCH 3 + NaNH2 → CH 3COCH 2 Na + 3H2O + 2CrO 2 Cl 2
− NH 3
( D) (E) Re d gas
CH 3 I
 → CH 3COCH 2 CH 3 CrO2Cl2 + 4NaOH → Na 2 CrO 4 + 2NaCl + 2H2O
– NaI Yellow solution ( C )
( F)
∆ Na2CrO4 + (CH3COO)2Pb → PbCrO 4 + 2CH3COONa
(vi) CH 3COCH 2 CH 3 + 3I2 + 4NaOH → Yellow ppt .
( F)

CHI3 + CH3CH2COONa + 3NaI + 3H2O (ii) Na2B4O7 . 10H2O ∆ Na2B4O7 + 10H2O

∆
(vii) CH 3COCH 3 + 3I2 + 4NaOH → Na2B4O7 ∆ 2 NaBO 2 + B 2 O 3
144 42444 3
( D) Transparent bead
CHI3 + CH3COONa + 3NaI + 3H2O
NiO + B2O3 ∆ Ni(BO 2 ) 2 [Oxidising flame]
CH3COONa HCl
→ CH3COOH + NaCl Nickel meta
borate ( Brown )
Thus, (A) CH3COOC2H5
(B) CH3COCH2COOC2H5 Ni(BO2)2 + C ∆ Ni + B2O3 + CO
Grey
(C) CH3COCH2COOH
[Reducing flame]

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 10 APRIL 2011

 (iii) NiCl2 + H2S → 2HCl + NiS ↓ Let z be the concentration of SO42– that combines
Black ppt . with H3O+ and y be the net concentration of H3O+
NiS + 2HCl + [O] → NiCl 2 + H2S ↑ that is present in the solution. Since the concentration
(A) z of SO42– combines with the concentration z of
(iv) NiCl 2 + 2NaHCO3 → NiCO3 + 2NaCl H3O+, it is obvious that the net concentration of H3O+
(A) produced in the hydrolysis reaction of Al3+ is (y + z).
+ CO2 + H2O Thus, the concentration (y + z) of Al3+ out of 0.24 M
∆ hydrolyzes in the solution. With these, the
2NiCO3 + 4NaOH + [O] Ni 2 O 3 ↓ concentrations of various species in the solution are
Black ppt .
( D) Al3+ + 2H2O Al(OH) 2+ + H 3O +
0.24 M − y − z y+ z
+ 2Na2CO3 + H2O y
(v) NiCl 2 + 2KCN → Ni(CN) 2 + 2KCl H 3O +
+ SO 24 − HSO −4 + H2O
(A) Green ppt . y 0.48 M − z z
(E)

Ni(CN)2 + 2KCN → K 2 [ Ni(CN ) 4 ] ( y + z)( y)

Thus, Kh = = 1.4 × 10–5 M ...(i)
( F) (0.24M − y − z)
NaOH + Br2 → NaOBr + HBr z 1
K2 = = ...(ii)
2K2[Ni(CN)4] + 4NaOH + 9NaOBr ∆ y(0.48M − z) 1.26 × 10 − 2 M
Ni 2 O 3 ↓ + 4KCNO + 9NaBr + 4NaCNO From Eq. (ii), we get
(D)
(0.48 M ) y
z=
9. Potassium alum is KA1(SO4)2.12H2O. As a strong (1.26 × 10 − 2 M ) + y
electrolyte, it is considered to be 100% dissociated Substituting this in Eq. (i), we get
into K+, Al3+, and SO42–. The solution is acidic
 (0.48M) y 
because of the hydrolysis of Al3+, but not so acidic as y+ y
might be expected, because the SO42– can sponge up  (1.26 × 10 M ) + y 
−2
 = 1.4 × 10–5
some of the H3O+ by forming HSO4–. Given a  ( 0 .48 M ) y 
solution made by dissolving 11.4 g of  0.24 − y − 
 (1.26 × 10 − 2 M ) + y 
KA1(SO4)2.12H2O in enough water to make 0.10 dm3 
of solution, calculate its [H3O+] : Making an assumption that y <<1.26 × 10–2 M, and
(a) Considering the hydrolysis then solving for y, we get
Al3+ + 2H2O Al(OH)2+ + H3O+ [H3O+] = y = 2.932 × 10–4 M
–5
with Kh = 1.4 × 10 M
(b) Allowing also for the equilibrium 10. The critical temperature and pressure for NO are 177
HSO4– + H2O H3O+ + SO42– K and 6.485 MPa, respectively, and for CCl4 these
with K2 = 1.26 × 10 M –2 are 550 K and 4.56 MPa, respectively. Which gas (i)
11.4 g has smaller value for the van der Walls constant b;
Sol. (a) Amount of alum = = 0.024 mol (ii) has smaller value of constant a; (iii) has larger
474.38 g mol −1 critical volume; and (iv) is most nearly ideal in
0.024 mol behaviour at 300 K and 1.013 MPa.
Molarity of the prepared solution = Sol. We have Tc(NO) = 177 K Tc(CCl4) = 550 K
0.1 dm 3
pc(NO) = 6.485 MPa pc(CCl4) = 4.56 MPa
= 0.24 M 2
Hydrolysis of Al3+ is p a / 27 b R TR
(i) Since c = = therefore, b = c
Al3+ + 2H2O Al(OH)2+ + H3O+ Tc 8a / 27 Rb 8b 8p c
[Al(OH) 2 + ][H 3O + ] Thus,
Kh =
[Al3+ ] (177 K )(8.314 MPa cm 3 K –1mol −1 )
b(NO) =
If x is the concentration of Al3+ that has hydrolyzed, (8)(6.485 MPa )
we have = 28.36 cm mol–1
3

( x )( x ) and
Kh = = 1.4 × 10–5 M
0.24 M − x 550 K )(8.314 MPa cm 3 K −1mol −1 )
b(CCl4) =
Solving for x, we get (8)(4.56 MPa )
[H3O+] = x = 1.82 × 10–3 M = 125.35 cm3 mol–1
(b) We will have to consider the following equilibria. Hence b(NO) < b(CCl4)
Al3+ + 2H2O Al(OH)2+ + H3O+ (ii) Since a = 27pcb2
+ 2–
H3O + SO4 HSO4– + H2O therefore
a(NO) = (27) (6.485 MPa) (28.36 cm3 mol–1)2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 11 APRIL 2011

 = 140827 MPa cm6mol–2 ≡ 140.827 kPa dm6 mol–2
a(CCl4) = (27) (4.56 MPa) (125.35 cm3 mol–1)2
= 1934538 MPa cm6 mol–2 ≡ 1934.538 KPa dm6mol–2
Hence a(NO) < a(CCl4)
(iii) Since Vc = 3b
therefore, Vc(NO) = 3 × (28.36 cm3 mol–1)
= 85.08 cm3 mol–1
Vc(CCl4) = 3 × (125.35 cm3 mol–1)
12. Let S be a square of unit area. Consider any
quadrilateral which has one vertex on each side of S. If
a, b, c and d denote the length of the sides of the
quadrilateral, prove that 2 ≤ a2 + b2 + c2 + d 2 ≤ 4.
[IIT-1997]
Sol. Let the square S is to be bounded by the lines
x = ± 1/2 and y = ± 1/2.
 1 1 
2 2

= 376.05 cm3 mol–1 We have a2 =  x1 –  +  – y1 

 2 2 
Hence Vc(NO) < Vc(CCl4)
1
(iv) NO is more ideal in behaviour at 300 K and = x12 + y12 – x1 – y1 +
1.013 MPa, because its critical temperature is less 2
than 300 K, whereas for CCl4 the corresponding y
critical temperature is greater than 300 K. A(x1, 1/2) 1/2
d
D(–1/2, y2)
a
MATHEMATICS x'
O
1/2
x
–1/2
c B(1/2, y1)
11. Let λ and α be real. Find the set of all values of λ for
b
which the system of linear equations –1/2
C(x2, –1/2)
λx + (sin α) y + (cos α) z = 0
y'
x + (cos α) y + (sin α) z = 0
– x + (sin α) y – (cos α) z = 0 1
Similarly b2 = x 22 + y12 – x 2 + y1 +
has a non-trivial solution. 2
For λ = 1, find all values of α. [IIT-1993] 1
c2 = x 22 + y 22 + x 2 + y 2 +
Sol. Given, λx + (sin α) y + (cos α) z = 0 2
x + (cos α) y + (sin α) z = 0 1
d2 = x12 + y 22 + x1 – y 2 +
– x + (sin α) y – (cos α) z = 0 2
has non-trivial solution. ∴ a2 + b2 + c2 + d2 = 2 ( x12 + y12 + x 22 + y 22 ) + 2
⇒ ∆=0 1
λ sin α cos α but 0 ≤ x12 , x22 , y12 , y 22 ≤
4
⇒ 1 cos α sin α = 0 Therefore
– 1 sin α – cos α ⇒ 0 ≤ x12 + x22 + y12 + y 22 ≤ 1
⇒ λ (– cos2α – sin2α) – sin α (– cos α + sin α) ⇒ 0 ≤ 2 ( x12 + x22 + y12 + y 22 ) ≤ 2
+ cos α (sin α + cos α) = 0 ⇒ 2 ≤ 2 ( x12 + x22 + y12 + y 22 ) + 2 ≤ 4
⇒ – λ + sin α cos α + sin α cos α – sin2α + cos2α = 0 ⇒ 2 ≤ a2 + b2 + c2 + d2 ≤ 4
⇒ λ = cos2α + sin2α
{we know, – a 2 + b 2 ≤ a sin θ + b cos θ 13. C1 and C2 are two concentric circles, the radius of C2
being twice that of C1. From a point P on C2, tangents
≤ a2 + b2 } PA and PB are drawn to C1. Prove that the centroid of
∴ – 2 ≤λ≤ 2 ...(i) the triangle PAB lies on C1. [IIT-1998]
Sol. Let the point P be (2r cos θ, 2rsinθ)
Again when λ = 1,
cos 2α + sin 2α = 1 We have OA = r, OP = 2r
1 1 1 As ∆ OAP is a right angled triangle,
or cos 2α + sin 2α =
2 2 2 C2
A
⇒ cos(2α – π/4) = cos π/4 C1
θ–φ
∴ 2α – π/4 = 2nπ ± π/4 P
θ x
φ O
⇒ 2α = 2nπ – π/4 + π/4, 2α = 2nπ + π/4 + π/4
∴ α = nπ or nπ + π/4. B

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 12 APRIL 2011

 cos φ = 1/2 ⇒ φ = π/3 ⇒ f '(α) = lim f ( x )
x →α
∴ Coordinates of A are
f '(α) = g (α)
{r cos (θ – π/3), r sin (θ – π/3)} and that of B
are [r cos (θ + π/3), r sin (θ + π/3)]. ⇒ f (x) is differentiable at x = α, then
If (p, q) is the centroid of ∆PAB, Conversely, f is differentiable at α, then

1 f ( x ) – f (α )
then p = [r cos (θ – π/3) + r cos (θ + π/3) + 2r cos θ] lim exists finitely
3
x →α x–a

1  f ( x ) – f (α )
= [r {cos (θ – π/3) + cos (θ + π/3)} + 2r cos θ]  , x≠α
Let g(x) =  x–α
3  f ' (α), x=α
  π π π π
θ– +θ+ θ– –θ– 
1   3 3 3 3
clearly lim g ( x ) = f ' (α)
x →α
= r 2 cos . cos
3   2 2  ⇒ g(x) is continuous at x = α
 
  
Therefore, f (x) is differentiable at x = α iff g(x) is
+ 2r cos θ] continuous at x = α
1
= [r{2 cos θ cos π/3} + 2r cos θ] 15. If length of tangent at any point on the curve y = f (x)
3
intercepted between the point and the x-axis is of length
1 1. Find the equation of the curve. [IIT-2005]
= [r.cos θ + 2r cos θ] = r cos θ
3
2
 dx 
1  π  π Sol. As the length of tangent = y 1 +   =1
and q = [r sin  θ –  + r sin  θ +  + 2r sin θ]
3  3  3  dy 

1  π  π 
 dx 
2
= [r { sin  θ –  + sin  θ +  } + 2r sin θ] 2  =1
3  3   3 ⇒ y 1 +  
  dy  
 
  π π π π
 θ– +θ+ θ– –θ–  dy y
1   3 3 3 3 ∴ =±
= r 2 sin . cos dx
3   2 2  1– y2
  

1– y2
+ 2r sin θ] ⇒ ∫ y
. dy = ± ∫ x dx
1
= [r{2 sin θ cos π/3} + 2r sin θ] 1– y2
3
1
⇒ ∫ y
dy = ± x + c, put y = sin θ ⇒ dy = cos θ dθ

= [r{sin θ} + 2r sin θ] = r sin θ cos θ

3
Now, (p, q) = (r cos θ, r sin θ) lies on x2 + y2 = r2
⇒ ∫ sin θ . cos θ dθ = ± x + c

which is called C1. cos 2 θ

⇒ ∫ sin 2
θ
. sin θ dθ = ± x + c
14. Let α ∈ R. Prove that a function f : R → R is
t2
differentiable at α if and only if there is a function
g : R → R which is continuous at α and satisfies
⇒ – ∫1– t 2
dt = ± x + c,

f(x) – f(α) = g(x) (x – α) for all x ∈ R. [IIT-2001] where cos θ = t ⇒ – sin θ dθ = dt

Sol. If g(x) is continuous at x = α ⇒ lim g(x) = g(α)  1 
x →α ⇒ ∫ 1 – 1 – t 2
 dt = ± x + c

and f(x) – f(α) = g(x) (x – a) ∀x ∈ R (given)
1+ t
f ( x ) – f (α ) ⇒ t – log =±x+c
⇒ = g(x) 1– t
( x – α)
f ( x ) – f (α ) 1+ 1 – y2
⇒ lim = lim g ( x ) ⇒ 1 – y 2 – log =±x+c
x →α x–α x →α 1– 1– y2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 13 APRIL 2011

 Physics Challenging Problems
Set # 12

This section is designed to give IIT JEE aspirants a thorough grinding & exposure to variety
of possible twists and turns of problems in physics that would be very helpful in facing IIT
JEE. Each and every problem is well thought of in order to strengthen the concepts and we
hope that this section would prove a rich resource for practicing challenging problems and
enhancing the preparation level of IIT JEE aspirants.
By : Dev Sharma
So lutions ava ilab le in same is sue Director Academics, Jodhpur Branch

1. Equation of a stationary and a travelling waves are

as follows y1 = a sin kx cos ωt and
y 2 = a sin(ωt − kx ) . The phase difference between
two points x 1 = π / 3k and x 2 = 3π / 2k is φ1 in k
the standing wave and φ 2 in travelling wave then
φ1 / φ 2 is m, q
5 3 6
(A) 1 (B) (C) (D)
6 4 7
(A) Time period of oscillation are equal in case -1
and case - 3
2. The time period of the insulated spring-mass system
(B) amplitudes of displacement are same in case-2
when uncharged is T0 and when charged is T in the
and case -3
presence of a horizontal electronic field E. Then
(C) the maximum elongation (increment in length
T/T0
from natural length) is maximum in case-4
K q, m
(D) time period of oscillation are equal in case-2 and
+ E case -4

Passage # (Q. No. 5 to Q. No. 6)

(A) < 1 (B) = 1
(C) > 1 (D) = qE/mg
A Point charge +Q is kept at a distance 3a from the centre
of a spherical conducting shell of charge –3Q and
3. Initially the capacitor is uncharged, the switch is put
to position 1, t1 sec later charge on the capacitor is 1
radius a. Assuming k = , answer the
9µC . After steady state is reached the switch is put 4πε 0
to position 2, t1 sec later, charge on the capacitor is following questions:
3µC . Find the capacitance of the capacitor in µF .
a y
Q
C + 3a C x
S 2 a/2
1 P
5. The electric field at C due to the spherical shell is
4V
− kQ ∧
(A) zero (B) i
4. The following figure shows a block of mass ‘m’ 9a 2
suspended from a fixed point by mean of a vertical kQ ∧
spring. The block is oscilating simple harmonically (C) i (D) None of these
and carries a charge q. There also exists a uniform 4a 2
electric field in the region. Consider four different
cases. The electric field is zero, in case-1, Mg/q 6. The net electric field at P is
downward in case -2, mg/q upward in case – 3 and 4kQ
(A) zero (B)
2mg/q downward in case-4. The speed at mean 9a 2
position is same in all cases. Select the correct (C) > 0 (D) < 0
alternative(s)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 14 APRIL 2011

7. In open capillary tube is lowered in a vessel with
mercury. The difference between the level of the
mercury in the vessel and in the capillary tube
∆h = 4.6mm. What is the radius of curvature of the
mercury meniscus in the capillary tube? Surface
tension of mercury is 0.46N/m, density of mercury is
13.6 gm/cc At a Glance
1 1
(A)
340
m (B)
680
m Some Important Practical Units
1 1. Par sec : It is the largest practical unit of
(C) m (D) information is insufficient
1020 distance.
1 par sec = 3.26 light year
8. Match the length L or the frequency involved in the 2. X-ray unit : It is the unit of length.
left to the value on the right. Take velocity of sound
in air as 330m/s. Neglect end correction. 1 X-ray unit = 10–13 m
Column – I Column – II
3. Slug : It is the unit of mass.
L 30 cm
(A) A (P) L = 20m 1 slug = 14.59 kg
First overtone of an organ pipe 4. Chandra Shekhar limit : It is the largest
A, closed at one end, is equal practical unit of mass.
to the fundamental of pipe
closed at both ends. 1 Chandra Shekhar limit = 1.4 × Solar mass
5. Shake : It is the unit of time.
L 20 cm
(B) (Q) L = 40m 1 Shake = 10–6 second
A
Fundamental of a pipe A, 6. Barn : It is the unit of area.
open at both end is equal
1 barn = 10–28 m2
to fundamental of a pipe
closed at both ends 7. Cusec : It is the unit of water flow.

30 cm 1 cusec = 1 cubic foot per second flow

(C) L (R) f = 825Hz
T
= 440ms –1 A 8. Match No. : This unit is used to express
m
velocity of supersonic jets.
Fundamental of string is equal to
the 1st overtone of the organ pipe 1 match no. = velocity of sound
A, open at both ends.
= 332 m/sec.
L 9. Knot : This unit is used to express velocity of
(D) Vstring = 2 × vel. O
(S)f =1100Hz
ships in water.
of sound in air T
Fundamental frequency of the 1 knot = 1.852 km/hour
string gives 5 beats/sec with 10. Rutherford : It is the unit of radioactivity.
a tuning fork of frequency
830Hz and the beats reduces 1 rutherford (rd) = 1 × 106 disintegrations/sec
to 2 beats/sec when the fork
11. Dalton : It is the unit of mass.
is stuck with slight amount
of wax. 1
(T) L = 60cm 1 dalton = mass of C12 = 931 MeV
12
= 1 a.m.u.
12. Curie : It is the unit of radioactivity.
1 curie = 3.7 × 1010 disintegration / sec

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 15 APRIL 2011

 8 Solution
Set # 11

Physics Challenging Problems

Q u e s tio ns we r e Pub l is he d in Ma r ch I ss ue

1. [A], 2.[B] 3.[C] After the sphere grounded, potential at centre

At any time t the location of electrons is shown as P. becomes zero. Let the net charge on sphere finally
In two dimensional view of electrons in yz-plane the be q.
situation is more clear. 1 q 1 3Q 3Qr
∴ + = 0 or q =
2kE 2(hν − φ) 4πε0 r 4πε0 x x
v= =
m m 3Qr
2πm ∴ The charge flowing out of sphere is
P = v cos θ ⇒ 2p cos θ = 2m(hν − φ) x
qB 0
y 6. (A) → Q,R (B) → P,S
(C) → P,R (D) → Q,S

7. (A) → R (B) → Q,S

x (C) → P (D) → Q,R
→ → →
(A) F = constant and u × F = 0
P Therefore initial velocity is either in direction of
z
constant force or opposite to it. Hence the
x coordinate, x = v cos θ × t
particle will move in straight line and speed may
y coordinate, y = v[R − R cos ωt ] increase or decrease.
z coordinate, z = R sin ωt → → →
(B) u . F = 0 and F = constant
mv sin θ  qB  Initial velocity is perpendicular to constant force,
So, z = × sin  0 t
qB 0  m  hence the path will be parabolic with speed of
particle increasing.
2m(hν − φ)  qB t 
= × sin θ × sin  0  → →
qB 0  m  (C) v . F = 0 means instantaneous velocity is always
perpendicular to force. Hence the speed will
2(hν − φ) →
From x = v cos θ × t = × cos θ × t As v
m remain constant. And also | F |= constant. Since
increase, slope of x versus t graph (a straight line) the particle moves in one plane, the resulting
increases. motion has to be circular.
y → ∧ ∧ → ∧ ∧
(D) u = 2 i − 3 j and a = 6 i − 9 j . Hence initial
B velocity is in same direction of constant
acceleration, therefore particle moves in straight
line with increasing speed.
v sin θ O
z
y
P ωt R 8. [B,C]

µ 0 NIhdr
dφ = B × hdr =
4.
1 1
[A] µv 2rel = kx 2 ×× × h
2πr
×× ×
2 2 r dr
5. [C] µ N×h R + b
φ total =  0 log  × I max × sin ωt
Initially the potential at centre of sphere is  2π R 
1 Q 1 2Q 1 3Q dφ
VC = + = e = total
4πε0 x 4πε0 x 4πε0 x dt

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 16 APRIL 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 17 APRIL 2011
 8 Solution
Set # 12

Physics Challenging Problems

Q u e s tio ns Pub l i sh ed in s a me I ss ue

1. x1 and x2 are in successive loops of stationary waves

so φ1 = π
3π π  7π
and φ 2 = K∆x = K  − =
 2 K 3K  6 B A
φ1 6
=
φ2 7 Option (B) is correct
Option [D] is correct
8. (A) → P,R (B) → P,R
2. Time period of a spring block system does not (C) → P,S (D) → Q,R
change even on applying a constant external force.
Option [B] is correct L 30 cm
(A) N N N A A
3. During steady state, N
Q max = 4C(C → µF) V = 330 m/sec.
At, t = t1 after charging 3λ
So = 30cm ⇒ λ = 40cm ⇒ L = 20cm
q = Q max [1 − e − t1 / RC ] 4
v 330
q = 4C[1 − e − t1 / RC ] ν= = = 825Hz
λ 0.4
q = 4C[1 − e − t1 / RC ] ………….(i)
During discharging L 20 cm
(B) N A A
3 = (4C)e − t1 / RC ……..(ii) N
N
Solving (i) and (ii) C = 3µF λ
= 20
Correct answer is [3] 2
λ = 40cm
4. (A) only equilibrium position changes time period L = 20cm
remains same. ν = 825Hz
1 1
(B) kx 2 = mV 2
2 2 λ = 30 cm
(C)
∴ V at mean position is same amp. will be same. N N
3mg 330
(C) In case – 4 equilibrium position x 0 = ν= = 1100Hz
K 30cm
Option [A,B,C,D] is correct v = νλ
440 = 1100 × 2L
5. Option [B] is correct L = 20cm
(D) ν = 825 Hz
6. Option [A] is correct
330 × 2
ν= ⇒ L = 40cm
2S 2L
7. PA = Patm +
r
PB = (∆h )ρq + Patm
2S
(∆h )ρq =
r

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 18 APRIL 2011

 Students' Forum
Expert’s Solution for Question asked by IIT-JEE Aspirants
PHYSICS
1. Two square metallic plates of side a = 1m are kept d ε 0 (10 x + 1)
= 8.85 mm apart, like a parallel plate capacitor in air, =
d
in such a way that their surfaces are normal to oil
surface in a tank filled with that insulating oil (K = ε 0V
Charge on capacitor will be q = CV = (10x + 1)
11). The plates are connected to a battery of emf V = d
500 volt as shown in figure. The plates are then
dq dq dx
lowered vertically into the oil at a speed of v = 10–3 . But current, I= = .
Neglecting resistance of connecting wires, calculate dt dx dt
the current drawn from battery during the process. dx
where = v = 10–3 ms–1.
(ε0 = 8.85 × 10–12 C2 N–1 m–2) dt
+ – 10ε 0 Vv
∴ I = = 5 × 10–9 amp
d
Ans.

2. A metal rod AB of length l rotates with a constant

angular velocity ω about an axis passing through O
and normal to its length. between ends A and B if
(i) external magnetic field is absent;
(ii) an external uniform magnetic field of induction B
Sol. When plates are lowered into liquid, its capacitance directed parallel to the axis of rotation exists in
changes. But capacitor is connected to a battery of the space.
emf V and resistance of connecting wires is ω
negligible, therefore, potential difference across its A B
plates remains constant. To keep this potential O
difference constant, a continuous flow of charge l 3l
(current) is required. 4 4

+ – Sol. (i) When external magnetic field is absent,

I Since, rod is made of a metal, therefore, it has free
+ electrons. When rod is rotated, free electrons start to
q – I move radially outwards. Due to this, at ends rod
becomes negatively charged and at O it becomes
Air positively charged. Hence, a radial, electric field is
established in the rod which exerts a radially inwards
inward force on electrons
liquid x Dynamic equilibrium is established when this
radially inward force exerted by electric field
Let at some instant height x of plates be immersed in becomes equal to centripetal force required for
liquid as shown in figure. To calculate capacitance at circular motion of electrons.
this instant, capacitor can be resolved into two parts – Consider a point P at distance x from axis of rotation
(i) a liquid capacitor, (ii) an air capacitor, which are O as shown in figure
in parallel with each other. ω
∴ Capacitance,
A B
ε K ( x.1) ε (1 – x).1 O
C= 0 + 0
d d x

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 19 APRIL 2011

 Let electric field strength at this point be E. For l
dynamic equilibrium of a free electron at P, Sol. Thermal resistance of the rod, R = .
KA
mω 2 when heat is transferred from first vessel to the
mxω2 = eE or E= x
e second, temperature of first vessel decreases while
that of second vessel increases. Due to both these
dV mω 2 reasons, difference between temperature of vessels
But E = – ∴ dV = – . x dx ...(i)
dx e decreases.
Let at end A, potential be VA and that at B be VB , Let at an instant t, the temperature difference between
Integration equation (i), two vessels be θ.
x=+
3l θ KAθ
VB 2 4 Then rate of flow of heat, H= =
mω R l
∫
VA
dV = –
e ∫ x.dx
l During an elemental time interval dt, heat transferred is
x=–
4 KAθ
2 2
dQ = H.dt = dt
1 ml ω l
or V B – VA = –
4 e Since, gases are contained in two vessels, therefore,
2 2 processes on gases in two vessels are isochoric.
1 ml ω
or V A – VB = – Ans. Hence, decrease in temperature of gas in first vessel
4 e
dQ
(ii) When a uniform magnetic field B exists, ∆θ1 =
nCv
When rod rotates, cuts magnetic flux, therefore, an
emf is induced in the rod. Due to this emf a potential where Cv is specific heat of the gas at constant
difference is established between its two ends. volume.
Considering an elemental length dx of rod at a Increase in temperature of gas in second vessel is
distance x from axis of rotation as shown in figure. dQ
∆θ2 =
B nCv

A B ∴ Decrease in temperature differrence

O dQ
(– dθ) = ∆θ1 + ∆θ2 or – dθ = 2 .
x n.Cv
dx
3
But for monatomic gas Cv = R, therefore,
Velocity of this elemental length is 2

∴ EMF induced in elemental length dx is 4 KAθ dθ 4 KA

dθ = – dt or =– .dt
dV = dvdx = Bwx dx Integrating above equation. 3nRl θ 3nRl
...(i)
3l
x=
VB 4 But at t = 0, θ = (T1 – T2) and at t = t, θ = ?
∫ dV = Bω ∫ xdx θ
dθ 4 KA
t
VA x=–
l
4
Integrating equation (i), ∫
(T1 – T2 )
θ
=–
3nRl ∫ dt
0
1
VA – VB = Bωl2 Ans.  4 KAt 
– 
4
∴ θ = (T1 – T2) . e  3nRl  Ans.

3. Two identical thermally insulated vessels, each
containing n mole of an ideal monatomic gas, are
interconnected by a rod of length l and cross-
sectional area A. Material of the rod has thermal
conductivity K and its lateral surface is thermally
insulated. If, at initial moment (t = 0), temperature of
gas in two vessels is T1 and T2(<T1), neglecting
thermal capacity of the rod, calculate difference
between temperature of gas in two vessels as a
function of time.
4. In figure L is half part of an equiconvex glass lens
(µ = 1.5) whose surfaces have radius of curvature r =
40 cm and its right surface is silvered. Normal to its
principal axis a plane mirror M is placed on right of
the lens. Distance between lens L and mirror M is b.
A small object O is placed on left of the lens such
that there is no parallax between final images formed
by the lens and mirror. If transverse length of final
image formed by lens is twice that of image formed
by the mirror, calculate distance a between lens and
object and distance b.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 20 APRIL 2011

 L 5. A uniform string of length l is fixed at both ends
such that tension T is produced in it. The string is
excited to vibrate with maximum displacement
O amplitude a0. Calculate maximum kinetic energy of
the string for its
M
a b (i) fundamental tone and
(ii) first overtone.
Sol. Since, distance of object O from plane mirror M is Sol. When a string oscillates, nodes are produced at its
(a + b), therefore, it forms a virtual image at a ends. In case of fundamental tone, it vibrates in single
distance (a + b) behind itself or a distance 2(a + b) loop. Hence, wavelength of fundamental tone,
from the object O. λ0 = 2l and in case of first overtone it vibrates in two
Since, there is no parallax between the images loops as shown in figure (A). Hence wavelength of
formed by the silvered lens L and plane mirror M, first overtone is λ1 = l.
therefore, two images are formed at the same point.
Hence, distance of image from lens L is
2(a + b) – a = (a + 2b) behind the lens.
(Fundamental tone)
Since, length of image formed by L is twice the
(A)
length of image formed by the mirror M and length
of image formed by a plane mirror is always equal to
length of the object, therefore, modulus of transverse
magnification produced by the lens L is equal to 2.
Since, distance of object from L is a, therefore, (First overtone)
distance of image from L must be equal to 2a. (B)
(a + 2b) = 2a or b = a/2 ...(i)
When stationary waves are established every particle
The silvered lens L may be assumed as a combination performs SHM and displacement amplitude at a point
of an equi-convex lens and a concave mirror placed distant x from one end is given by
in contact with each other co-axially as shown in
figure  2πx 
a = a0 . sin   ...(i)
 λ 
where a0 is maximum displacement amplitude which
occurs at antinode.
For the lens.
Since, tension in string is T, therefore, velocity of
R1 = + r, R2 = – r, µ = 1.5
T
∴ Its focal length f1 is given by transverse waves in it is given by v = where m
m
1  1 1  is mass per unit length of string.
= (µ – 1)  –  or f1 = 40 cm
f1  R1 R2  Fundamental tone
For concave mirror, R = – r = – 40 cm v
Since, frequency is n = , therefore, frequency of
R λ
∴ Its focal length, fm = = – 20 cm
2 1 T
fundamental tone of the string, n0 =
The combination L behaves like a mirror whose 2l m
equivalent focal length F is given by Considering an elemental length dx of string at a
1 1 2 distance x from left and, its mass = m.dx
= – or F = – 10 cm
F fm f1 1
Its oscillation energy = (m dx) a2 (2πn0)2
Hence, for the combination, 2
u = – a, v = + 2a, F = – 10 cm a02 π 2T  2πx 
= . sin 2   . dx
Using mirror formula, 2l 2
 2l 
a = 5 cm Ans.
∴ Total oscillation energy of the string
Substituting a = 5 cm in equation (i) l
a02 π 2T 2πx 
b = 2.5 Ans. =
2l 2 ∫ sin
0
  . dx
 t 

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 21 APRIL 2011

 a02 π 2T

Niobium
=
4π
Since, maximum kinetic energy of a particle
performing SHM is equal to its oscillation energy,
therefore, maximum kinetic energy of the string in its Brief description : the name niobium was adopted
fundamental tone officially by IUPAC in 1950, but a few commercial
a02 π 2T producers still like to refer to it as columbium.
= Ans. Niobium is a shiny, white, soft, and ductile metal, and
4π
takes on a bluish tinge when exposed to air at room
First Overtone temperatures for a long time. The metal starts to
v 1 T oxidize in air at high temperatures, and when handled
Frequency, n1 = = hot must be done so under a protective atmosphere so
λ1 l m as to minimize oxide production.
Considering an elemental length dx of string at a
distance x from left end, its mass = mdx Table : basic information about and classifications of
niobium.
Its oscillation energy
• Name : Niobium
1  2πx 
= (m dx) a02 . sin 2  (2πn1 )
2
2  l  • Symbol : Nb
2π 2 a02T  2πx  • Atomic number : 41
= 2
sin 2   . dx
l  l 
• Atomic weight : 92.90638 (2)
∴ Total oscillation energy of the string
l
• Standard state : solid at 298 K
2π 2 a02T  2πx 
=
l
0
∫
sin 2 
 l 
 . dx • Group in periodic table :5

or maximum kinetic energy of string in its first • Group name : (none)

a 2 π 2T • Period in periodic table :5
overtone Ans.
l
• Block in periodic table : d-block

• Colour : grey metallic

Commitment
• When you believe in a thing, believe in it all the
way, implicitly and unquestionably.
• Stand up to your obstacles and do something
about them. You will find that they haven't half
the strength you think they have.
• Most of the important things in the world have
been accomplished by people who have kept on
trying when there seemed to be no hope all.
• One worthwhile task carried to a successful
conclusion is worth a hundred half-finished tasks.
• Classification : Metallic
ISOLATION
Isolation : isolation of niobium appears to be
complicated. Niobium minerals usually contain both
niobium and tantalum. Since they are so similar
chemically, it is difficult to separate them. Niobium
can be extracted from the ores by first fusing the ore
with alkali, and then extracting the resultant mixture
into hydrofluoric acid, HF. Current methodology
involves the separation of tantalum from these acid
solutions using a liquid-liquid extraction technique. In
this process tantalum salts are extracted into the
ketone MIBK (methyl isobutyl ketone, 4-methyl
pentan-2-one). The niobium remains in the HF
solution. Acidification of the HF solution followed by
further extraction in MIBK gives an organic solution
containing niobium.

• A man who won't die for something is not fit to After conversion to the oxide, metallic niobium can be
made by reduction with sodium or carbon.
live.
Electrolysis of molten fluorides is also used.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 22 APRIL 2011

 KEY CONCEPT

Organic AROMATIC
Chemistry
Fundamentals HYDROCARBON
Halogenation of Benzene : The function of the Lewis acid can be seen in step 1.
Benzene does not react with bromine or chlorine The ferric bromide reacts with bromine to produce a
unless a Lewis acid is present in the mixture. (As a positive bromine ion, Br+ (and FeBr4–). In step 2 this
consequence, benzene does not decolorize a solution Br+ ion attacks the benzene ring to produce an
of bromine in carbon tetrachloride.) When Lewis arenium ion. Then, finally in step 3 a proton is
acids are present, however, benzene reacts readily removed from the arenium ion by FeBr4–. This results
with bromine or chlorine, and the reactions give in the formation of bromobenzene and hydrogen
bromobenzene and chlorobenzene, respectively, in bromide the products of the reaction. At the same
good yields : time this step regenerates the catalyst, FeBr3.
Cl
FeCl3 Nucleophilic Aromatic Substitution through an
+ Cl2 + HCl
25ºC Elimination – Addition Mechanism : Benzyne
Chlorobenzene (90%)
Although aryl halides such as chlorobenzene and
Br bromobenzene do not react with most nucleophiles
FeBr3
+ Br2 + HBr under ordinary circumstances, they do react under
heat
highly forcing conditions. Chlorobenzene can be
Bromobenzene (75%)
converted to phenol by heating it with aqueous
The Lewis acids most commonly used to effect sodium hydroxide in a pressurized reactor at 350ºC .
chlorination and bromination reactions are FeCl3,
FeBr3, and AlCl3, all in the anhydrous form. Cl ONa OH
A mechanism for the reaction :
Electrophillic Aromatic Bromination : + NaOH 350ºC
H2O H3O+
Step 1
+
Phenol
–
Br – Br : + FeBr3 → :Br – Br – FeBr3 Bromobenzene reacts with the very powerful base,
NH2– , in liquid ammonia :
–
→ :Br+ + :Br – FeBr3 Br NH2
Bromine combines with FeBr3 to form a complex that dissociates
+ – -33ºC
to form a positive bromine ion and FeBr4–
+ K :NH2 + KBr
Step 2 NH3
+ slow Aniline
+ Br:
These reactions take place through an elimination –
H H + H addition mechanism that involves the formation of an
Br: Br: Br: interesting intermediate called benzyne (or
+ + dehydrobenzene). We can illustrate this mechanism
with the reaction of bromobenzene and amide ion.
Arenium ion In the first step, the amide ion initiates an elimination
The positive bromine ion attacks benzene to by abstracting one of the ortho protons because they
form an arenium ion are the most acidic. The negative charge that
Step 3 develops on the ortho carbon is stabilized by the
– inductive effect of the bromine. The anion then loses
H :Br – FeBr3 a bromide ion. This elimination produces the highly
Br: Br: unstable, and thus highly reactive, benzyne. Benzyne
+ H – Br: + FeBr3
+ then reacts with any available nucleophile (in this
case, an amide ion) by a two-step addition reaction to
A proton is removed from the arenium ion
to become bromobenzene produce aniline.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 23 APRIL 2011

The Benzyne Elimination – Addition Mechanism : CF3
Elimination NH2
–
Br Br CF3 4
(–NH3) (–Br–) –
:NH2 Less stable carbanion
–
H CF3 CF3
Benzyne
– 2
:NH2 (or dehydrobenzene) – :NH3
– –
:NH2 NH2 NH2 +:NH2
3
NH2 More stable carbanion
(The negative charge is closer to the
– electronegative trifluoromethyl group)
Addition
Carbanion 3 then accepts a proton from ammonia to
:NH3 form m-(trifluoromethyl) aniline.
NH2 – Carbanion 3 is more stable than 4 because the carbon
atom bearing the negative charge is closer to the
+ :NH2 highly electronegative trifluoromethyl group. The
H trifluoromethyl group stabilizes the negative charge
Evidence for an elimination-addition mechanism : through its inductive effect. (Resonance effects are
not important here because the sp2 orbital that
When 14C-labeled (C*) chlorobenzene is treated with
contains the electron pair does not overlap with the π
amide ion in liquid ammonia, the aniline that is orbitals of the aromatic system.)
produced has the label equally divided between the 1 The Birch Reduction :
and 2 positions. Benzene can be reduced to 1, 4-cyclohexadiene by
* NH2 treating it with an alkali metal (sodium, Lithium, or
potassium) in a mixture of liquid ammonia and an
* Cl K+NH – * NH2– alcohol.
2
(50%)
NH3 Na
*
NH3, EtOH
NH2 Benzene 1, 4-cyclohexadiene
Elimination Addition (50%)
A Mechanism for the Reaction :
When the ortho derivative 1 is treated with sodium Brich Reduction :
amide, the only organic product obtained is Na
m-(trifluoromethyl) aniline : etc.
– –
CF3 CF3 Benzene Benzene radical anion
Cl
NaNH2 The first electron transfer produces a delocalized
benzene radical anion.
NH3
NH2 EtOH
1
m-(Trifluoromethy)aniline
H H etc.
This result can also be explained by an elimination –
addition mechanism. The first step produces the H H
benzyne 2 : Cyclohexadienyl radical
Protonation produces a cyclohexadienyl radical
CF3 CF3 (also a delocalized species)
Cl Na
NaNH2 H
+ Cl– –
NH3 H
H etc. EtOH
1 2 H H
H –
H H
This benzyne then adds an amide ion in the way that Cyclohexadienyl anion 1,4-Cyclohexadiene
produces the more stable carbanion 3 rather than the Transfer of another electron leads to the formation of a delocalized
cyclohexadienyl anion, and protonation of this produces the
less stable carbanion 4 : 1,4-cyclohexadiene.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 24 APRIL 2011

 KEY CONCEPT

Inorganic
Chemistry
SOLUBILITY
Fundamentals PRODUCT
Solubility : representing the dissociation of the salt at a given
The amount of a solute, dissolved in a given volume temperature when the solution is saturated.
of a solvent (water) in 100 mL or in 1L to form a Solubility product is not the ionic product under all
saturated solution at a given temperature is termed as conditions but only when the solution is saturated.
the solubility of the solute. Ionic product has a broad meaning since it is
Solubility Product : applicable to all types of solutions, may be saturated
Salts like AgI, AgCl, PbI2, BaSO4, PbSO4 etc. are or unsaturated.
ordinarily considered insoluble but they do possess Relationship between solubility and solubility product :
some solubility. These are sparingly soluble salts. A The equilibrium for a saturated solution of any
saturated solution of sparingly soluble salt contains a sparingly soluble salt be expressed as :
very small amount of the dissolved salt. It is assumed Ax B y x Ay+ + y Bx–
that whole of the dissolved salt is present in the form
Thus, solubility product, Ksp = [Ay+]x [Bx–]y .
of ions, i.e., it is completely dissociated. Consider a
sparingly soluble salt like AgCl, the following Let 's' mole per litre be the solubility of the salt, then
equilibrium occurs between the undissolved solid salt Ax B y x Ay+ + y Bx–
and the silver and chloride ions in the saturated xs ys
solution. So KSP = [xs]x [ys]y = xx.yy(s)x+y
AgCl (s) Ag+ (aq) + Cl–(aq) Since the solubility of a salt varies with temperature,
Applying the law of mass action to the ionic the numerical value of Ksp for a salt changes with
equilibrium, temperature; values usually recorded at 25ºC.
[Ag + ][Cl − ] Common Ion Effect :
K= The suppression of the degree of dissociation of a
[AgCl(s)]
weak acid or a weak base by the addition of a strong
or K[AgCl(s) = [Ag+] [Cl–] electrolyte containing a common ion. The common
The concentration of solid AgCl in the solid state i.e. ion effect play an important role in the qualitative
[AgCl(s)] is constant at a particular temperature, no analysis.
matter how much solid is present in contact with the Application of solubility product in qualitative analysis:
solution. It follows that Precipitation of sulphides of group II. Sulphides of
[AgCl(s)] = K´ = constant group II are precipitated by passing H2S gas through
Hence, [Ag+] [Cl–] = KK´ = Ksp (constant) the solution of these cations in presence of dil HCl.
Ksp is termed as the solubility product. It is defined as H2S being a weak electrolyte ionizes only sligthtly,
the product of the concentration of ions in a saturated while HCl being a strong electrolyte is almost
solution of a salt at a given temperature. Consider, in completely ionized.
general, the salt of the type AxBy which is dissociated H2S 2H+ + S2– ; HCl → H+ + Cl–
as : Thus, the common ion effect takes place. As a result,
AxBy x Ay+ + y Bx– the degree of dissociation of H2S decreases
Applying law of mass action, sufficiently and the concentration of S2– ions in the
solution becomes very small. But with this low
[A y + ]x [B x − ] y
=K concentration of second group and the sulphide ions
[A x B y ] exceeds the very low solubility products of their
when the solution is saturated, corresponding sulphides. Therefore, the cations of
group II get precipitated as their insoluble sulphides.
[Ax By] = K´ (constant)
On the other hand, the sulphides of the cations of the
or [Ay+]x [Bx–]y = K[AxBy] = KK´ = Ksp (constant)
other groups (III, IV, V and Mg) are not precipitated
Thus, solubility product is defined as the product of under these conditions because their solubility
concentrations of the ions raised to a power equal to products are quite high.
the number of times the ions occur in the equation

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 25 APRIL 2011

 Precipitation of the hydroxides of group III :
Hydroxides of group III are precipitated by adding an
excess of solid NH4Cl to the solutions of these
cations followed by the addition of excess of
NH4OH. Being a weak electrolyte, NH4OH is only
slightly ionised, whereas NH4Cl, being a strong
electrolyte, ionizes almost completely to give at large
concentration of NH4+ ions.
NH4OH NH4+ + OH–; NH4Cl → NH4+ + Cl–
Due to the common ion effect, the degree of
dissociation of NH4OH gets suppressed and hence the
concentration of OH– ions in solution decreases
appreciably. But even with this low conc. of OH–
ions, the ionic products of the cations of group III and
OH–ions exceed the low values of the solubility
products of their corresponding metal hydroxides. As
a result, the cations of group III get precipitated as
their insoluble hydroxides.
On the other hand, cations of groups IV, V and Mg,
which require a large conc. of OH– ions due to their
high solubility products will not be precipitated.
Precipitation of sulphides of group IV. The
sulphides of group IV are precipitated by passing H2S
through ammoniacal solution of these cations.
Both H2S and NH4OH, being weak electrolytes,
ionize only slightly as :
H2S 2H+ + S2–
NH4OH NH +4 + OH–
The H+ ions and OH– ions combine to produce
practically unionised molecules of water
H+ + OH– → H2O
As a result, the above dissociation equilibrium
reactions get shifted in the forward direction, so that
the concentration of S2– ions goes on increasing.
Ultimately, the ionic product of the cations of group
IV and S2– ions exceed the solubility products of their
corresponding metal sulphides and hence get
precipitated.
Precipitation of carbonates of group V : The
carbonates of group V are precipitated by adding
(NH4)2CO3 solution to the solution of these cations in
the presence of NH4Cl and NH4OH. (NH4)2CO3,
being a weak electrolyte ionises only slightly to give
a small concentration of CO32– ions.
(NH4)2CO3 2NH4+ + CO32–
On the other hand, NH4Cl being a strong electrolyte,
ionises almost completely to give a large
concentration of NH +4 ions. Due to the common ion
effect, the dissociation of (NH4)2CO3 is suppressed
and hence the concentration of CO32– ions in the
solution decreases considerably. But even with this
low concentration of CO32– ions, the ionic products of
these cations and CO32– ions exceed the low values of
the solubility products of their corresponding metal
carbonates and thus get precipitated.
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
However, under these conditions, Mg salts do not get
precipitated as MgCO3 since its solubility product is
comparatively high and thus requires a high
concentration of CO32– ions for precipitation. The
carbonates of Na+, K+ and NH +4 ions are also not
precipitated because they are quite soluble.
The necessity of adding NH4OH arises due to the fact
that (NH4)2CO3 solution usually contains a large
amount of NH4HCO3. Thus, the cations of group V
will form not only insoluble carbonates but soluble
bicarbonates as well. As a result, the precipitation
will not be complete. In order to convert NH4HCO3
to (NH4)2CO3, NH4OH is always added.
NH4HCO3 + NH4OH → (NH4)2CO3 + H2O
Preferential precipitation of Salts :
A solution contains more than one ion capable of
forming a precipitate with another ion which is added
to the solution. For example, in a solution containing
Cl–, Br–, and I– ions, if Ag+ ions are added, then out
of the three, the least soluble silver salt is precipitated
first. If the addition of Ag+ ions is continued,
eventually a stage is reached when the next lesser
soluble salt starts precipitating along with the least
soluble salt and so on. If the stoichiometry of the
precipitated salts is the same, then the salt with the
minimum solubility product (and hence also the
minimum solubility) will precipitate first followed by
the salt of next higher solubility product and so on.
If the stoichiometry of the precipitated salts is not the
same, then, from the solubility product data alone, we
cannot predict which ion will precipitate first. Take,
for example, a solution containing Cl– and CrO42–.
Both these ions form precipitates with Ag+. Through
the solubility product product of AgCl is larger than
that of Ag2CrO4, yet it is AgCl (lesser soluble) which
precipitates first when Ag+ ions are added to the
solution. In order to predict which ion (Cl– or CrO42–)
precipitates first, we have to calculate the
concentration of Ag+ ions needed to start the
precipitation through the solubility product data and
the given concentration of Cl– or CrO42–. Since square
root is involved in the expression for computing Ag+
for silver chromate, the quantity of Ag+ needed to
start the precipitation of CrO42– is larger than that for
Cl–. Hence, as AgNO3 is added to the solution, the
minimum of the two concentrations of Ag+ to start
the precipitation will be reached first and thus the
corresponding ion (Cl– in this case) will be
precipitated in preference to the other. During the
course of precipitating, concentration of Cl–
decreases and the corresponding concentration of Ag+
to start the precipitation increases. Its concentration
eventually becomes equal to the value required for
CrO42–. At this stage, practically the whole of Cl–
ions have been precipitated. The addition of more of
AgNO3 causes the precipitation of both the ions
together.
26 APRIL 2011
 UNDERSTANDING
Organic Chemistry
1. When 0.0088 g of compound (A) was dissolved in Since (A) reacts with CH3COCl and evolves H2 with
0.50 g of camphor, the m. pt. of camphor was Na, hence it is an alcohol. As it give immediately
lowered by 8ºC. Analysis of (A) gave 68.18% C and turbidity with ZnCl2 + HCl, hence it is a t-alcohol,
13.61% H. Compound (A) showed the following i.e.,
reactions. CH3
(i) It reacted with CH3COCl and evolved hydrogen
with sodium. (A) = C4H9CH2OH or CH3 — C — OH
(ii) When reacted with HCl + ZnCl2 a dense oily C2H5
layer separated out immediately.
(iii) Compound (A) was passed over Al2O3 at 350ºC The compound (B) is alkene because it is formed by
to give compound (B), which on ozonolysis followed the dehydration of (A)
by hydrolysis gave two neutral compounds (C) and CH3 CH3
(D). Both (C) and (D) gave positive test with CH3 — C — OH Al2O3
CH3 — C = CH — CH3
carbonyl reagents, but only (C) gave a positive test 350ºC; –H2O
(B)
with Fehling solution and resinous substance with C2H5
NaOH. Identify (A) to (D) with proper reasoning. (A)
Given Kf (camphor) = 40 kg mol–1. The compound (C) is an aldehyde because it gives
Sol. Determination of molecular weight of (A) : test with Fehling solution, since it gives resinous
∆Tf = Kf × molality mass with NaOH, hence it should be acetaldehyde.
 0.0088g / M  The compound (D) is a ketone as it does not give test
8 = (40 kg mol–1)  −3

 with Fehling's solution. Thus compound (A) is
 0.50 × 10 kg  2-Methyl-butanol-2, and the different reactions are
40 × 0.0088
or M = –3
g mol–1 = 88 g mol–1 C2H5 CH3
8 × 0.5 × 10
Determination of empirical formula : Al2O3
CH3 — C — OH CH3 — C = CH — CH3
350ºC; –H2O
(B)
CH3
Element % At. Relative no. Simplest
(A)
wt. atoms ratio
(i) O3
C 66.18 12 68.18 5.68 CH3CHO + CH3 — C — CH3
= 5.68 =5 (ii) –H2O
(C)
12 1.14 O
(D)
H 13.61 1 13.61 13.61
= 13.61 =
1 1.14
2. An organic compound (A), C6H6O, gives a specific
12 colour with FeCl3 solution and on heating with
O 18.21 16 18.21 1.14 phthalic anhydride and conc. H2SO4 gives a white
= 1.14 =1 solid (B) which gives red colour with dilute NaOH
16 1.14
(C). Compound (A) on heating with CCl4 and NaOH
gives (D), which on acidification gives (E).
Hence, Empirical formula of (A) = C5H12O Compound (E) gives violet colour with FeCl3. (E) on
Empirical formula wt. = 60 + 12 + 16 = 88 heating with (A) in presence of POCl3 gives (F),
Determination of molecular formula : which is used as intestinal antiseptic. What are (A) to
Since Empirical formula wt. = Molecular wt. (F) ? Explain giving balanced equations.
Hence Empirical formula = Molecular formula Sol. (i) As it gives colour with FeCl3, hence it is phenol.
i.e., (A) = C5H12O (ii) On heating with phthalic anhydride it gives
Determination of structural formula : phenolphthalein (B) which gives red colour of
sodium salt of (B), i.e(C).

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 27 APRIL 2011

 (iii) (A) undergoes Reimer-Tieman reaction with Sol.
CCl4 and NaOH giving disodium salt (D), which on CHO
acidification gives (E) salicylic acid because violet KCN
2 – CH – C –
colour is given by salicylic acid.
(iv) (E) on heating with phenol (A) gives salol (F) (A) OH O
(B)
which is used as an intestinal antiseptic.
Benzoin
Reactions :
(i) Zn/Hg
– CH = CH –
Conc. HCl
HO OH (ii) – H2O
(C)

HNO3
– CH – C –
HH
O H2SO4 (B) OH O
∆; –H2O O O
C—O
(I) KOH
–C–C–
C (D)
(II) HCl C
Benzil HO COOH
O
HO OH (E)
Benzilic acid

C—O 4. An organic compound (A), C4H9Cl, on reacting with

2NaOH aqueous KOH gives (B) and on reaction with
C alcoholic KOH gives (C) which is also formed on
passing vapours of (B) over heated copper. The
O compound (C) readily decolourise bromine water.
NaO O Ozonolysis of (C) gives two compounds (D) and (E).
Compound (D) reacts with NH2OH to give (F) and
the compound (E) reacts with NaOH to give an
C alcohol (G) and sodium salt (H) of an acid. (D) can
also be prepared from propyne on treatment with
COO–Na+
water in presence of Hg++ and H2SO4. Identify (A) to
(H) with proper reasoning.
OH ONa Sol.
∆ COONa 2HCl
Alc. KOH
+ CCl4 + 6NaOH –2NaCl C4H9Cl C4H8
(A) (D) (A) ∆;– HCl (C)
OH OH (Alkyl halide) (Alkene)
(A) C6H5OH COOC6H5
COOH
POCl3/∆; – H2O Aq. KOH Cu
(F) C4H9OH
(E)
∆; –KCl (B) ∆; –H2O
(Alcohol)
3. An organic compound (A), C7H6O, gives positive test
with Tollen's reagent, on treatment with alcoholic We know that p-alcohol on heating with Cu gives
potassium cyanide, (A) yields the compound (B), aldehyde while s-alcohol under similar conditions
C14H12O2. Compound (B) on reduction with Zn – Hg gives ketone. Thus, (B) is a t-alcohol because it, on
and conc. HCl and dehydration gives an unsaturated heating with Cu gives an alkene (C). Since a
compound (C), which adds one mol of bromine. The t-alcohol is obtained by the hydrolysis of a t-alkyl
compound (B) can be oxidised with HNO3 to a halide, hence (A) is t-butyl chloride.
compound (D), having molecular formula C14H10O2. Thus, (A) is
Compound (D) on heating with KOH undergoes Cl OH
rearrangement and subsequent acidification of | |
CH 3 − C − CH 3 and (B), is CH 3 − C − CH 3
rearranged products yields an acidic compound (E),
| |
C14H12O3. Identify compounds (A) to (E) giving the CH 3 CH 3
reactions involved.
The alkene (C) on ozonolysis gives (D) and (E),
hence (C) is not symmetrical alkene. In these

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 28 APRIL 2011

 compound (E) gives Cannizaro's reaction with O
NaOH. So, (E) is an aldehyde which does not contain Hg++
α - H atom. Hence it is HCHO. Compound (D) can CH3 – C ≡ CH + H2O CH3 – C – CH3
H+
also be prepared by the hydration of propyne in the (D)
presence of acidic solution and Hg++
Hg++ 5. An organic compound (A) C7H15Cl on treatment with
CH3 – C ≡ CH + H2O CH3 – C = CH2 alcoholic KOH gives a hydrocarbon (B) C7H14. (B)
H+ on treatment with O3 and subsequent hydrolysis gives
OH acetone and butyraldehyde. What are (A) and (B) ?
Explain the reactions.
CH3 – C – CH3 Sol. In numerical, following data are given :
O
O C 7 H15 Cl Alc
. KOH
→ C 7 H14 →
3
C 7 H14 O 3
∆
(A) ( B) Ozonide
(D) Alkyl halide Alkene
Hence (D) is acetone and (E) is formaldehyde.
Therefore, alkene (C) is 2-methyl propene. H2O
/ Zn
→ CH3COCH3 + CH3CH2CH2CHO
∆
CH3 – C = CH2 The alkene contains seven carbon atoms. The
CH3 position of C=C double bond can be located
(C) as follows :
(D) reacts with hydroxyl amine (NH2OH) to form H
oxime (F). CH3 –2[O]
C = O + O = C.CH2CH2CH3
CH3 –H2O CH3 CH3
C = O + H2 NOH C = NOH
CH3 CH3 CH3 – C = CH.CH2CH2CH3
(D) (F)
OH CH3
Cl
| | Thus, alkene (B) is 2-methyl hexene-2
Thus, (B) is CH 3 − C − CH 3 and (A) is CH 3 − C − CH 3 The ozonolysis reaction is as follows :
| | O3
CH 3 CH 3 CH3 – C = CH.CH2CH2CH3
(B) O O
Reactions : CH3
Cl OH CH3 – C CH – CH2CH2CH3
Aq. KOH O
CH3 – C – CH3 CH3 – C – CH3 CH3
∆; –KCl
Cu/300ºC

H2O/Zn
–H2O

CH3 CH3 CH3 – C = O + O = C – CH2CH2CH3

(A) (B) ∆

CH3 – C = CH2 + H2O CH3 H

Since alkene (B) is produced by the removal of one
CH3 (C) mol of HCl from alkyl halide (A) and thus (A) can be
either (I) or (II).
Alc. KOH/∆ Cl
CH3 – C = CH2
–KCl; –H2O
(I) CH3 – C – CH2CH2CH2CH3 or
CH3
(C) CH3
O (II) CH3 – CH – CH – CH2CH2CH3
(I) O3 CH3
CH3 – C = CH2 C = O + H –C – H CH3 Cl
(II) H2O/Zn CH3
(D) (E) The dehydro halogenation reaction by(I) or (II) yeilds
CH3 Cl
(C) KOH
CH3 – C – CH2CH2CH2CH3
alc.
CH3 ∆ CH3 CH3
C = O + H2NOH C = NOH (I). CH3 – C = CH.CH2CH2CH3
CH3 –H2O
(D) CH3
(F)
CH3
Main product (Saytzeff's rule)
2HCHO + NaOH → CH3OH + HCOONa
(E) (G) (H)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 29 APRIL 2011

 KOH
CH3 – CH – CH – CH2CH2CH3
Alc.
CH3 Cl
(II) CH3 – C = CH.CH2CH2CH3
CH3
Main product (Saytzeff's rule)
Thus, both (I) and (II) give main product as 2-methyl
hexene-2, hence (A) is either (I) or (II).
Cl
(A) CH3 – C – CH2CH2CH2CH3
CH3
2-chloro-2-methyl hexane
Interesting Facts about Earthquake
One of the interesting facts about earthquake is, on an
average one major earthquake with a magnitude of 8.0 or
above would occur once a year. While more than a million
small tremor shakes the earth every year. Read on …
One of the powerful and destructive forces of nature is an
earthquake. When there is a sudden release of energy
within the Earth’s crust seismic waves are created and this
results in an earthquake. The intensity of an earthquake is
measured using a Richter scale and it is recorded in a
seismometer.
Interesting Facts about Earthquake
Here are a few interesting facts about earthquake.
In 350 BC, Aristotle, a Greek philosopher, discovered the
soft ground shakes more than the hard and rocky ground
when an earthquake occurs. In America, the European
settlers experienced an earthquake in the mid 17th
century. However, the Spanish explorers made the earliest
report of an earthquake in 1769. This occurred 30 miles
southeast of Los Angeles.
In 1556, January 23, an earthquake occurred in Shansi,
China killing approximately 830,000 people. This
earthquake is considered as the deadliest in the history of
mankind. In 1751, primitive seismographs were first built;
the reason for the occurrences of an earthquake was
determined only in 1855.
An interesting statistics about earthquake is, there were 46
major earthquakes around the globe from 1900-1949. That
is in a year the average is 1.08. However, between 1950
and 1999 an average of 1.64 earthquakes had occurred
worldwide. That is 82 earthquakes were reported
worldwide. Another interesting statistics is between 2000
and 2004, 10 major earthquakes have been reported world
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
or CH3 – CH – CH – CH2CH2CH3
CH3 Cl
3-chloro-2-methyl hexane
(B) CH3 – C = CH.CH2CH2CH3
CH3
2-methyl hexene-2
wide at an average of 2.5 earthquakes per year. You must
have realized the magnitude and the frequency of the
earthquake is increasing every year.
Many people believe the lunar cycle influences the
earthquakes. However, it is not true because moon never
influences earthquakes.
Reports show several million detectable earthquakes occur
worldwide. However, the tremors of only 20% of the
earthquake could be felt. The reason is the tremors are
small or because the earthquakes occur in remote areas.
On May 22, 1960 an earthquake of magnitude 9.5 struck
Southern Chile. This is the largest earthquake ever
recorded. It killed thousands and around two million were
left homeless. The intensity of this earthquake caused
tsunami in the shores as far as Japan killing around 140
people. An interesting fact about earthquake is that
southern California witnesses an average of 10,000
earthquakes in a year. However, majority of these
earthquakes are minor tremors that go unnoticed. Only 15
to 20 earthquakes are greater than magnitude 4.0.
Another interesting fact is the fault San Andreas is a series
of faults known as fault zone and not a single fault. The
length of this fault zone is more than 800 miles and up to
10 miles deep. An earthquake could occur along one of
these fault zones at any time.
San Francisco Bay area is susceptible to major
earthquakes. The middle portion of the Bay Bridge
collapsed in the 1989 earthquake of Loma Prieta. Many
motorists were killed because they were trapped between
the beams.
It is true that animals can sense or detect earthquakes
before it occurs. However, the behavior of the animals
cannot be used as one of the methods to predict an
occurrence of an earthquake. This is an unsolved mystery
and scientists are still racking their brains as to what the
animals would be sensing before the occurrence of an
earthquake.
30 APRIL 2011
 Set

`tà{xÅtà|vtÄ V{tÄÄxÇzxá 12
This section is designed to give IIT JEE aspirants a thorough grinding & exposure to variety
of possible twists and turns of problems in mathematics that would be very helpful in facing
IIT JEE. Each and every problem is well thought of in order to strengthen the concepts and
we hope that this section would prove a rich resource for practicing challenging problems and
enhancing the preparation level of IIT JEE aspirants.
By : Shailendra Maheshwari
So lu t ion s wi l l b e p ub lish ed in T h is is su e Joint Director Academics, Career Point, Kota

1. Prove that, if n is a positive integer, 7. Two vertices of a triangle are a – iˆ + 3 ˆj and 2iˆ + 5 ˆj
a
∫
−x n
e x dx = and its orthocenter is at ( iˆ + 2 ˆj ). Find the position
0
vector of third vertex.
  a2 a n 
n ! 1 − e −a 1 + a + + ... + 
  2! n !  8. Show that an equilateral triangle is a triangle of
maximum area for a given perimeter and a triangle of
∞
minimum perimeter for a given area.
Also, deduce the value of ∫ 0
e − x x n dx
9. The bottom of a tank with a capacity of 300 litres is
2. Let A ≡ (6, 5), B ≡ (2, –3) and C ≡ (–2, 1) be the covered with a mixture of salt and some insoluble
vertices of a triangle. Find the point P in the interior substance. Assuming that the rate at which the salt
of the triangle such that ∆PBC is an equilateral dissolves is proportional to the difference between
triangle. the concentration at the given time and the
concentration of a saturated solution (1 kg of salt per
3. If Sn = nC1 + 2.nC2 + 3.nC3 + ....... + n. nCn then find 3 litres of water) and that the given quantity of pure
n water disolves 1/3 kg of salt in 1 minute. Find the
∑S
n =1
n . Also prove that quantity of salt in solution at the expiration of one
hour.
n +1
C2
 2n  10. An isosceles triangle with its base parallel to the
n
C1 . ( C2) . ( C3) .... ( Cn) ≤ 
n 2 n 3 n n  .
 n +1 x2 y2
  major axis of the ellipse + = 1 is
9 3
4. Let z1, z2, z3 be three distinct complex numbers circumscribed with all the three sides touching
satisfying |z1 – 1| = |z2 – 1| = |z3 – 1|. Let A, B and C the ellipse. The least possible area of the
be the points represented in the argand plane triangle is.
corresponding to z1, z2 and z3 respectively. Prove that
z1 + z2 + z3 = 3 if and only if ∆ABC is an equilateral
triangle.
Are You a Professional?
2 2 2
5. Let A ≡ (r, 0) be a point on the circle x + y = r and How you look, talk, write, act and work determines
D be a given point inside the circle. If BC be any whether you are a professional or an amateur. Society
arbitrary chord of the circle thorugh point D. Prove does not emphasize the importance of
that the locus of the centroid of triangle ABC is a professionalism, so people tend to believe that
circle whose radius is less than r/3. amateur work is normal. Many businesses accept less-
6. A number is chosen at random from the set than-good results.
{1, 2, 3, …......, 2006}. What is the probability that
Schools graduate students who cannot read. You can
it has no prime factor in common with 10 ! ?
miss 15% of the driving-test answers and still get a
driver license. "Just getting by" is an attitude many
people accept. But it is the attitude of amateurs.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 31 APRIL 2011

 MATHEMATICAL CHALLENGES
SOLUTION FOR MARCH ISSUE (SET # 11)

1. Let z = x + iy so given 1 1
= (1 + x) f (1) + (x2 – 1) f (0) + (1 – x) f (–1)
1 ≤ x or 1 ≤ r cos θ , if z = ∑eiθ Now, 2 2
1 − x − iy (1 − x − iy )(1 + x − iy ) so 2 | g(x) | ≤ |x + 1| + 2 |1 – x2| + |1 – x|
= 2 | g(x) | ≤ x + 1 + 2(1 – x2) + 1 – x as x ∈ [–1, 1]
1 + x + iy (1 + x) 2 + y 2
2 |g(x)| ≤ –2x2 + 4 ≤ 4
(12 − x 2 ) − y 2 |g(x)| ≤ 2
Real part ≤ 0 as x ≥ 1 given and
(1 + x) 2 + y 2
imaginary part  
−(1 − x) y − (1 + x) y −2 y 1 2y
= ≤0 4. 1− y´
2
(1 + x) + y 2
(1 + x ) 2 + y 2 a  2 a2 − y2 
 
as y ≥ 0 given 1 −2 y. y´ 1
1− z = . – y´
so ∩ 0 is true. a + a2 − y2 2 a2 − y2 y
1+ z
2. As ∠ POQ = 90º  
1 y y 1
P = y´  − − 
a  a a 2 − y 2 (a + a 2 − y 2 ) a 2 − y 2 y 
 
y´ y 2 (a + a 2 − y 2 ) − y 2 a − a(a + a 2 − y 2 ) a 2 − y 2 
 
O 90º–θ = 
θ ay (a + a 2 − y 2 ) a 2 − y 2
C
y(a + a2 − y2 ) a2 − y2
Q
so CP = (OC) . tan (90º – θ) = y´[y2a + y2 a 2 − y 2 – y2a – a2 a 2 − y 2 – a(a2 – y2)]
= (OC) cot θ & CQ = (OC) tan θ
so CP. CQ = (OC)2 = r2 y (a + a 2 − y 2 ) a 2 − y 2 = –y´(a2 – y2) (a + a2 − y2 )
when r is the radius of circle.
y
3. f (0) = c y´ = –
f (1) = a + b + c a − y2
2

& f (–1) = a – b + c −β
1 y´M =
solving these, a = [f (1) + f (–1) – 2f (0)] a − β2
2
2
1 −β
b = [f(1) – f(–1)] & c = f(0) y= x ...(1)
2 a − β2
2

x( x + 1) x( x − 1)
so f (x) = f (1) + (1 – x2) f (0) + f (–1) y=β ...(2)
2 2 locus of intersection of these two lines is
2 | f (x) | ≤ |x| |x + 1| + 2 |1 – x2| + |x| |x – 1|; as −y
|f (1)|, |f (0)|, |f (–1)| ≤ 1. y= x
2 |f (x)| ≤ |x| (x + 1) + 2(1 – x2) + |x| (1 – x) as a2 − y2
x ∈ [–1, 1] a2 – y2 = x2 ⇒ x2 + y2 = a2
5
so 2 |f (x)| ≤ 2(|x| + 1 – x2) ≤ 2 . n n
4 Cr . 2
so |f(x)| ≤
5
5. ∑
r =0
(−2) r
(r + 2) (r + 1)
4 n
1
Now, as g(x) = x2 f  
1 =
2(n + 1)(n + 2) ∑ (−2) r n+2
Cr+2 (–2)2
 x r =0

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 32 APRIL 2011

 n
1
=
2(n + 1)(n + 2) ∑ (−2)
r =0
r + 2 n+2
Cr+2
Learn How to Study
1
= [(1 – 2)n + 2 –1 + 2(n + 2)] Designate a specific time for studying.
2(n + 1)(n + 2)
1 Cramming is not a reliable way to retain
= [(–1) n + 2 + 2n + 3] information.
2(n + 1)(n + 2)
1 • Take understandable lecture and textbook
= if n is odd notes.
n+2
1 • Become a good listener in class and review
= if n is even
n +1 your notes daily.

 x n +1 tan −1 x 
1 • Organize your class materials prior to each
1 x n +1
6. In = 
 n +1
 –

0
∫0 (n + 1)(1 + x 2 )
dx ...(1) study session.
• Concentrate on the class material and keep in
π 1  1 x n −1 ( x 2 + 1 − 1)  mind course objectives.
=
4(n + 1)
– 
n + 1  ∫ 0 1+ x2
dx 
 • Ask for help early if needed (such as your
π 1 1 1 1 x n −1 professor or teaching assistants).
= –
4(n + 1) n + 1 ∫ 0
x n−1dx +
n +1 ∫ 1+ x
0 2
dx
• Tutoring assistance can provide a positive
1 impact on your academic success.
π 1  x n 
 + 1
1 x n−1
= –
4(n + 1) n + 1  n 
0 n +1 ∫ 1+ x
0 2
dx ...(2) • Form study groups and partners. Keep
everyone committed to studying, not small
1 x n+1 π talk.
from (1) ∫ 1+ x
0 2
dx =
4
– (n + 1) In

n −1
1 x π
so ∫ 1+ x
0 2
4
dx =
– (n – 1)In–2 use it in (2)
Roommate Tips
π 1 1 π 
In = – +  − (n − 1) I n −2 
4(n + 1) (n + 1)n n +1  4  • Communication is a must! Listen and learn
from each other.
π 1
(n + 1) In + (n – 1) In – 2 = –
2 n • Talk to each other early about problems that
may arise. Don’t let problems build up.
7. diff. partially w. r.t. x
x+ y 1 f ´(x) • Living with someone requires increased
f ´  . = sensitivity to the needs of others.
 3  3 3
Let x=0 • Respect each other’s privacy and personal
f ´(y/3) = f ´ (0) space.
so f ´(x) = f ´(0)
hence f ´(x) is a constant so • Agree upon a set period of "quiet time" for
f ´ (x) = 2 (as given) study without distractions.
so f(x) = 2x + c; since f(0) = 2 If you have time to whine and complain about
so f(x) = 2x + 2 something then you have the time to do
Hence f(2) = 6 something about it.

8,9,10. Once our personal connection to what is wrong

g (f(x)); z → z1 becomes clear, then we have to choose: we can
go on as before, recognizing our dishonesty and
g(f(x)) = 1 ; x ∈ even integer living with it the best we can, or we can begin the
=0 ; otherwise effort to change the way we think and live.
Hence g(f (x)) is many one onto, periodic and even Once you choose hope, anything's possible.
function
Now, f(g(x)) = p ; if x is perfect square
=1 ; otherwise
Hence f(g(x)) = p has infinitely many roots.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 33 APRIL 2011

 MATHEMATICAL CHALLENGES
SOLUTION FOR THIS ISSUE (SET # 12)

∫ 0 e x dx = (e − x x n )0 + n ∫ 0 e x dx
a −x n a a − x n −1 n
1. In = 3. Sn = ∑ r . nCr = n . 2n–1
r =0
= – e–a an + nIn – 1
n n
In = –e–a an + n[–e–a an–1 + (n–1)In–2] so S = ∑ S1 = ∑ n.2 n −1
n =1 n =1
= –e–a[an + nan–1 +n(n – 1)an–2 + n(n – 1)(n – 2)an–3
S = 1 + 2.21 + 3.22 + 4.23 + .... + n . 2n–1
+ ..... + n(n – 1)..... 2a] + n I0 2S = 2 + 2.22 + 3.23 + ..... + (n – 1). 2n–1 + n.2n
(1 – 2)S = (1 + 2 + 22 + 23 + .... + 2n–1) – n . 2n
 
(
= n  − e−x ) a
0
 a n
− e −a  +
 n
a n −1
n −1
+ .... +
a2
2
+ a 
 =1.
2n −1
– n . 2n
 2 −1
 S = n . 2n – 2n + 1 = (n – 1) 2n + 1
 a2 a n 
In = n 1 − e −a 1 + a + + ..... +  Now A.M. ≥ G. M.
  2 n  n
C1 + 2.n C 2 + 3.n C 3 + .... + n.n C n
∞ ≥
Now, I = ∫ 0 e − x x n = Lt In = n 1 + 2 + 3 + ..... + n
a →∞ 1

2. Mid pt. M of BC = (0, –1)  1


( )( ) ( )
 n C . n C 2 . n C 3 ...... n C n  1+ 2 +...+ n
2 3 n 

n ( n +1)
  2
A(6, 5)  n.2 n −1 
 n (n + 1)  ≥ nC1 (nC2)2 ..... (nCn)n
 
C P  2 
60º  
(–2, 1) n +1
45º C2
 2n 
M so C1 . ( C2) ..... ( Cn) ≤ 
n n 2 
n n
 n +1
 
B(2, –3) 4. Let P be a point represented by 1.
−3 − 1 so as |z1 – 1| = |z2 – 1| = |z3 – 1| so P is the
slope of BC = = –1
2+2 z + z + z3
circumcentre of ABC. Its centroid is 1 2
so slope of altitude of ∆PBC is = 1. 3
length BC = 16 + 16 = 4 2 If the ∆ABC is equilateral then circumcentre = centroid
z + z + z3
Now altitude PM = 4 2 sin 60º so 1= 1 2
3
3 so z1 + z2 + z3 = 3
= 4 2 . = 2 6
2 Now if z1 + z2 + z3 = 3 then centroid of ∆ABC is 1
eqn. of PM line is which is point P and P is already the circumcentre of
x − 0 y +1 ∆ABC. So now if they are same then ∆ABC is
= =r (as its slope is 1) equilateral.
1 1
2 2 5. let the centroid of ∆ABC be (h, k) then
3h = r cos α + r cos β + r
r r
x= & y= –1 3h α+β α −β
2 2 – 1 = 2 cos cos ...(1)
r 2 2
for req. pt. P take r = 2 6 . 3k
& = sin α + sin β
2 6 2 6  r
So pt. P ≡  , −1 = (2 3 , 2 3 − 1) α −β α+β
 2 2  = 2 cos sin ...(2)
 
2 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 34 APRIL 2011

 α+β α +β α −β A∪B∪C∪D
line BC, x cos + y sin = r cos
2 2 2 =A+B+C+D–A∩B–A∩C–A∩D
Let point D be (a, b) – B ∩C – B ∩D – C ∩D + A ∩B ∩C
+ A ∩C∩D + B ∩C∩D + A ∩B∩D
–A∩B∩C∩D
C(α)
P(A ∪ B ∪ C ∪ D)
D
B(β) 1
= [ 1003 + 668 + 401 + 286 – 334 – 200
2006
A(r, 0) – 143 – 133 – 95 – 57 + 66 + 28 + 19 + 47 – 9]
1547
=
2006
α +β α+β α −β
then a cos + b sin = r cos 7. Line BC
2 2 2 A
....(3) a
α −β
Multiply (3) by cos
2
α −β α+β α +β α −β
a cos cos + b sin cos H
2 2 2 2
2 α −β
= r cos
2 B C
D
use (1) & (2) b = –i + 3j c = 2i + 5j
a  3h  3k α −β →
 −1 + b = r cos2 ...(4) r = – î + 3 ĵ + t (3î + 2 ĵ) ...(1)
2 r  2 r 2
any pt. D on it = (3t – 1) i + (3 + 2t) j
square & add (1) & (2)
2 As HD ⊥ BC,
α −β  3h  9k 2 so ((3t – 1 – 1) i + (3 + 2t – 2) j). (3i + 2j) = 0
4 cos2 =  − 1 + 2 ...(5)
2  r  r 3(3t – 2) + 2(2t + 1) = 0
from (4) & (5) 4
2
13 t – 4 = 0 ⇒ t=
1  3h  9k 2 a  3h  b3k 13
 − 1 + =  −1 +
4 r  4r 2
2 r  r  2r 2 i 47 j
so point D = – +
so req. locus is 13 13
(3x – r)2 + 9y2 = 2a(3x – r) + 6.b.y →  i 47 j 
9x2 + 9y2 – 6rx + r2 = 6ax – 2ar + 6.b.y Now line HD ⇒ r = i + 2j + s´  − + − i − 2 j
 13 13 
2 2 r2 2ar = i + 2j + s(–14i + 21j)
x2 + y2 – (r + a)x – by + + =0
3 3 9 9 →
2 2 ⇒ r = i + 2j + λ(–2i + 3j)
 1   1  Any point A on it = (1 – 2λ)i + (2 + 3λ)j
 x − 3 (r + a ) +  y − 3 b
    Now as AC ⊥ BH
(r + a ) 2 − r 2 − 2ar + b 2 a 2 + b2 so [ (1 – 2λ – 2)i + (2 + 3λ – 5)j] . [2i – j] = 0
= =
9 9 2 (–1 – 2λ) – (3λ – 3) = 0
1
a 2 + b2 ⇒ –7λ = 2 – 3 ⇒ λ =
It is a circle and radius is 7
3
Since point D is interior of circle so a2 + b2 < r2, 5i 17 j
so pt. A = +
so radius of this circle is less than r/3. 7 7

8. If A is the area of the triangle with sides a, b, and c,

6. Prime factors dividing 10 are 2, 3, 5, 7. As required
then A2 = s(s – a) (s – b) (s – c);
the number chosen should not be divisible by 2 or 3 where 2s = a + b + c
or 5 or 7. Define, the events as using AM – GM inequality for s – a, s – b, s – c, we
A : divisible by 2 have
B : divisible by 3 3
C : divisible by 5  (s − a ) + (s − b) + (s − c) 
A2 ≤ s  
D : divisible by 7  3 

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 35 APRIL 2011

  3s − 2s 
3
s4 at t = 60 min.
A2 ≤ s   = 3   299  60 
 3  3 x = 100 1 −    kg
s2   300  
A≤
3 3
p2 10. Let P (3 cos θ, 3 sin θ)
Let 2s = p, then A ≤
12 3 line BC : y = – 3 ; line AC :
A
p2
Amax = ,
12 3
As condition of equality holds iff
s – a = s – b = s – c which happen if a = b = c
so Amax = ; for a = b = c
Now again p ≥ 12 3A P

pmin. = 12 3A ;
and again equality holds if a = b = c. B C
x y
9. Let the amount of salt dissolved at any time t is x kg. cos θ + sin θ = 1
3 3
x
So concentration is
300  3(1 + sin θ) 
pt. C  , − 3
dx 1 x   100 − x   cos θ 
so = k −  = k 
dt  3 300   300  pt. A (0, 3 cosec θ )
dx k 1 3(1 + sin θ)
= dt Area A = .2. . ( 3 cosec θ + 3)
100 − x 300 2 cos θ

– ln (100 – x) =
k
t+C 3 3 (1 + sin θ) 2 6 3 (1 + sin θ) 2
= =
300 sin θ cos θ sin 2θ
at t = 0, x = 0 so C = –ln 100 dA 6 3 (2(1 + sin θ) sin 2θ cos θ − 2(1 + sin θ) 2 cos 2θ)
kt 100 =
so = ln 100 – ln (100 – x) = ln dθ sin 2 2θ
300 100 − x
at t = 1 min., x = 1/3 12 3 (1 + sin θ)(sin 2θ cos θ − cos 2θ − sin θ cos 2θ)
=
k 100 sin 2 2θ
so = ln
300 1 12 3 (1 + sin θ)(sin(2θ − θ) − cos 2θ)
100 − =
3 sin 2 2θ
k 100 12 3 (1 + sin θ)(sin θ − 1 + 2 sin 2 θ)
so = ln =
300 299 sin 2 2θ
3
12 3 (1 + sin θ)(2 sin θ − 1)(sin θ + 1)
k 300 =
so = ln sin 2 2θ
300 299
12 3 (1 + sin θ) 2 (2 sin θ − 1)
300 =
so k = 300 ln sin 2 2θ
299
π
300 100 Amin at θ =
so ln . t = ln 6
299 100 − x
2
t  1
 300  100 6 3 1 + 
so   =  2 9
 299  100 − x so Amin = = 12 .
t 3 4
 299  2
so 100 – x = 100 .  
 300  = 27sq. units.
  299  t  = 0027 Ans.
so x = 100 1 −   
  300  

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 36 APRIL 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 37 APRIL 2011
 Students' Forum
Expert’s Solution for Question asked by IIT-JEE Aspirants
MATHS
1. Find the coefficient of xn in the expansion of Also, –1 ≤ sin 2x ≤ 1
2
 2 3  n
∴ –1≤1± 2α + 3 ≤ 1
1 + x + x + x + ... + x 
 1! 2! 3! n ! 
 –3
1– 2α + 3 ≤ 1 is true for all α ≥

2 2
x x 2 x3 x n 
Sol. Here, 1 + + + + ... + –3
 1! 2! 3! n !  1+ 2α + 3 ≥ – 1 is true for all a ≥

2
 x x x 2
x 
3 n
= 1 + + + + ... + Hence, we get –1 ≤ 1– 2α + 3 ...(ii)
 1! 2! 3! n ! 

and 1+ 2α + 3 ≤ 1 ...(iii)
 x x 2 x3 x n 
× 1 + + + + ... + (ii) ⇒ 2α + 3 ≤ 2
 1! 2! 3! n ! 

2
⇒ 2α + 3 ≤ 4
 x x 2 x3 x n  1
∴ coefficient of xn in 1 + + + + ... + ⇒ α≤ .
 1! 2! 3! n !  2

1 1 1 1 1 (iii) ⇒ 2α + 3 ≤ 0
= 1. + . + .
n ! 1! (n – 1) ! 2 ! ( n – 2) !
⇒ 2α + 3 = 0, because 2α + 3 ≥ 0
1 1 1
+ . + ... + .1 3
3! (n – 3) ! n! ⇒ α=–
2
1 1 1 1 1 1
= . + . + . + ... 3 1  3 1
0 ! n ! 1! (n – 1) ! 2 ! ( n – 2) ! Thus, – ≤ α ≤ ; so α ∈ – 2 , 2 
2 2  
1 1
...+ . ∴ from (i),
n ! 0!
 3 1
1  n! n! n! n!  sin 2x = 1 – 2α + 3 where α ∈  – , 
=  + + + ... +   2 2
n !  0 !n ! 1!(n – 1) ! 2 !(n – 2) ! n !0! 
1 n 1 ∴ 2x = nπ + (–1)nθ, n ∈ Z and sin θ = 1 – 2α + 3
= ( C0 + nC1 + nC2 + ... + nCn) = . 2n.
n! n! nπ 1
∴ x= + (–1)n . sin–1 {1 – 2α + 3 }
2 2
2. Find all values of α for which the equation  3 1
sin4x + cos4x + sin2x + α = 0 is valid. Also, find the where n ∈ Z and α ∈  – ,  .
 2 2
general solution of the equation.
Sol. Here, (sin2x + cos2x)2 – 2sin2x . cos2x + sin 2x + α = 0
1 3. The ends A, B of a straight line segment of constant
or 1 – sin22x + sin 2x + α = 0 length c slide on the fixed rectangular axes OX, OY
2
respectively. If the rectangle OAPB be completed,
or sin22x – 2sin2x – 2(1 + α) = 0
show that the locus of the foot of the perpendicular
2 ± 4 + 8(1 + α)) drawn from P upon AB is x2/3 + y2/3 = c2/3.
∴ sin2x = =1± 2α + 3 ...(i)
2 Sol. Let ∠BAO = θ. Then OA = ccosθ, AP = OB = csinθ
–3 because AB = c. Let M be the foot of the
But sin2x is real; so 2α + 3 ≥ 0, i.e., α ≥ perpendicular from P on AB. Let MN ⊥OX.
2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 38 APRIL 2011

 y The question of minimum profit does not arise at
x=5– 5.
B P ∴ P is maximum when x = 5 – 5 = 2.76
∴ the most profitable number of grade A tyres
= 2.76 hundreds = 276.
(α, β)
M
5. f (x) is a monotonic and differentiable real-valued
θ x
O N A function and a, b are two real numbers. Show that
b f (b )
Let M = (α, β)
∫ { f ( x) + f (a)}{ f ( x) – f (a)}dx = 2 ∫ x{b – f
–1
( x)}dx
Now, α = ON = OA – NA
a f (a)
= c cos θ – MA . cos θ
= c cos θ – PA . cos(90º – θ) . cos θ Sol. As f (x) is monotonic, f –1(x) exists.
= c cos θ – c sin θ . sin θ . cos θ Also, if x = f(z) then f –1(x) = z
∴ α = c cos θ (1 – sin2θ) = c cos3θ ...(i) and x = f (a) ⇒ z = f–1 {f (a)} = a
Next, β = MN = MA . sin θ = PA . cos(90º – θ) sin θ x = f (b) ⇒ z = f–1{f (b)} = b. Then
= c sinθ . sin θ . sin θ b

∴ β = c sin3θ ...(ii) RHS = 2 ∫ f ( z)(b – z) f ' ( z)dz

∴ from (i) and (ii), a

α
2/3
β
2/3
{Q x = f (z) ⇒ dx = f '(z) dz}
  = cos2θ and   = sin2θ b
c c
∫ (b – z)d[{ f ( z)} ]
2
2/3 2/3
=
α β
adding these,   +   = cos2θ + sin2θ = 1. a
c c b
∴ the equation of the locus of the foot is
2/3 2/3
∫
= [(b – z ){ f ( z )}2 ]ba – { f ( z )}2 .(–1)dz ,
x  y a
  +  = 1 i.e., x2/3 + y2/3 = c2/3. using by parts
c c
b

4. A tyre company is able to manufacture x (hundred) = – (b – a) {f (a)}2 dz + { f ( z )}2 dz ∫

grade A tyres and y (hundred) grade B tyres per day, a
where y(5 – x) = 10(4 – x), 0 ≤ x ≤ 4. If the profit on b b
each grade A tyre is twice the profit on grade B tyre,
what is the most profitable number of grade A tyres
∫
= – { f (a )}2 dz + { f ( z )}2 dz
a
∫
a
per day to manufacture? b

∫ [{ f ( z)}
2
= – { f (a)}2 ]dz
Sol. Let the profit function be P per day. From the
a
question,
b
P = 2xp + yp
∫ [{ f ( x)}
2
where p is profit/hundred of grade B = – { f (a)}2 ]dx , using property
10(4 – x)  20 – 5 x  a
∴ P = 2xp + p = 2p  x +  b
5– x  5– x 
20 – x 2
= ∫ { f ( x) + f (a)}{ f ( x) – f (a)}dx .
∴ P = 2p . . a
5– x
dP 6. If A1, A2, ..., An are the vertices of a regular plane
Now, =0
dx polygon of n sides whose centre is O then prove that
n –1
– 2 x(5 – x ) – (20 – x 2 )(–1) → → → →
⇒ 2p .
(5 – x) 2
=0 ∑ (OA × OA
i =1
i i +1 ) = (1 – n) ( OA 2 × OA1 ).

⇒ – 10x + 2x2 + 20 – x2 = 0 2π
⇒ x2 – 10x + 20 = 0 Sol. Clearly, ∠Ai OAi+1 = for i = 1,2,...
n
10 ± 100 – 80 → → →
∴ x= =5± 5. Also | OA1 | = | OA 2 | = ... = | OA n | = r.
2
But x ≤ 4. So, x = 5 – 5

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 39 APRIL 2011

 Ai+1 Ai+1
Top Five Tips for Success at University
Ai 1. Location, location, location...
Serious about getting work done? Find a good
location. Use the libraries, study rooms, or
O empty classrooms.
→ → → → 2π ^
Now, OAi × OAi +1 = | OAi | | OAi +1 | sin p 2. Make It a Habit: Do Coursework Every Day
n
Cramming is not conducive to understanding
2π ^ and retaining large amounts of information.
= r2 sin p , for all i
n Time on your courses each day is the best way to
learn. Use the time between classes to stay on
where p^ is the unit vector perpendicular to the plane top of readings.
of the polygon. 3. Help Exists! Seek It Out and Improve Your
n –1 → → Grades
∴ ∑ (OA × OA
i =1
i i +1 )
Whether you're an 'A' student or a 'D' student,
you can strengthen your skills. Check out SDS'
 n –1 2 2π  ^  2π  Learning Skills Services. Get to know your
= 

 i =1
∑r sin
n 

p =  r 2 sin
 n 
^
 (n – 1) p professors and tutorial assistants. Use study
guides and help centres.
→ →
Also, (1 – n) (OA 2 × OA1 ) 4. Write It Down
→ → 2π ^ Use a day planner or wall calendar. Plan time for
= (1 – n) | OA 2 | | OA1 | sin (– p) coursework. Plan ahead for assignments and
n
exam periods.
 2π  ^
= (n – 1)  r 2 sin p 5. Get Energized - Eat, Exercise, Sleep
 n 
Fatigue and stress weaken memory and
n –1 → → → → comprehension. Eat properly, exercise regularly,
∴ ∑i =1
(OAi × OAi +1 ) = (1 – n) ( OA 2 × OA1 ). and get adequate sleep

"To Achieve Your Dreams

Remember Your ABC's
Avoid negative sources, people, places, things and
habits. Believe in yourself. Consider things from
every angle. Don't give up and don't give in. Enjoy
life today, yesterday is gone, tomorrow may never
come. Family and friends are hidden treasures, seek
them and enjoy their riches. Give more than you
planned to.
Hang on to your dreams. Ignore those who try to
discourage you. Just do it. Keep trying no matter how
hard it seems, it will get easier. Love yourself first
and most. Make it happen. Never lie, cheat or steal,
always strike a fair deal. Open your eyes and see
things as they really are. Practice makes perfect.
Quitters never win and winners never quit. Read,
study and learn about everything important in your
life.
Stop procrastinating. Take control of your own
destiny. Understand yourself in order to better
understand others. Visualize it. Want it more than
anything. ‘Accelerate’ your efforts. You are unique
of all God's creations, nothing can replace YOU. Aim
your target and go for it!"
• From 1952–6, Kent made cigarette filters out of
asbestos. They called these filters the “Kent
Micronite Filter.”
• Robert Moog created the first playable music
synthesizer which was displayed at a conference
in 1964. It took hours to set it up to play a new
sound.
• IBM was founded as the Tabulating Machine
Company in 1896. They made mechanical
calculating devices based on punch cards which
could process data much faster than manual
methods.
• It is estimated that 4 million "junk" telephone
calls, phone solicitations by persons or
programmed machine are made every day in the
United States!
• The English scientist William Henry Fox Talbot,
patented his own photographic process and then
published a description of it, entitled "The Pencil
of Nature" (1844–46). This book, containing 24
original prints, was the first publicly available
book illustrated with photographs.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 40 APRIL 2011

 MOCK TEST FOR IIT-JEE
PAPER - I
Time : 3 Hours Total Marks : 243
Instructions :
• This question paper contains 81 questions in Chemistry (27), Mathematics (27) & Physics (27).
• In section -I (8 Ques. SCQ Type) of each paper +3 marks will be given for correct answer & –1 mark for wrong
answer.
• In section -II (5 Ques. MCQ Type) of each paper +3 marks will be given for correct answer no negative marking
for wrong answer.
• In section -III contains 2 groups of questions [Pass. 1 (2 Ques.) + Pass. 2 (3 Ques.) = 5 Ques.] of each paper +3
marks will be given for each correct answer & –1 mark for wrong answer.
• In section -IV contain (9 Ques. of Numerical Response with single-digit Ans.) of each paper +3 marks will be
given for correct answer & No Negative marking for wrong answer.

4. In a set of reactions, acetic acid yielded a product D.

CHEMISTRY CH3COOH SOCl
2 → → B HCN
A  →
anhyd. AlCl3
SECTION – I H 3O ⊕
C → D
Straight Objective Type
The structure of D would be :
Questions 1 to 8 are multiple choice questions. Each OH COOH
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of C–COOH CH2–C–CH3
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in (A) (B)
OMR sheet against the question number of that CH3 CH3
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct OH CN
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer. CH2–C–CH3 C–CH3
(C) (D)
1. The dihedral angle HCH in staggered conformation CN OH
of C2H6 is
(A) 120º (B) 60º 5. A mixture of 0.5 g of ethanol and acetaldehyde when
(C) 0º (D) 90º heated with Fehling's solution gave 1.2 g of red
precipitate of Cu2O.
2. Select incorrect statement : What is the percentage of acetaldehyde in the mixture ?
(A) When the lead-silver alloy is rich in silver, lead is (A) 54% (B) 47% (C) 74% (D) 36%
removed by the cupellation process
(B) When the lead-sliver alloy is rich in lead, lead is 6. A mono electronic species in energy level with
removed by Parke's or Pattinson's process energy ‘X’ was provided with excess of energy so
(C) Zinc forms an alloy with lead from which lead is that it jumps to higher energy level with energy ‘Y’.
separated If it can emit 6 wavelengths originated from all
(D) Zinc forms an alloy with silver, from which zinc is possible transition between these group levels, then
separated by distillation which of the following relation is correct ?
(A) X/Y = (n – 1)2
3. Following configuration of the tartaric acid presents (B) √X/Y = 1 + 3/n
4 COOH (C) √(X/Y) = 1 +3n
(D) X/Y = n/6
H 3
OH (Here is the principal quantum number of energy
H OH level X)
2

1 COOH 7. If E ºMnO – / Mn +2 = 1.51 V and E ºMnO / Mn + 2

= 1.23 V, the
4 2

(A) 2R, 3R (B) 2R, 3S E ºMnO – / MnO is :-

4 2
(C) 2S, 3S (D) 2S, 3R (A) +1.69 V (B) –1.69 V
(C) –3.38 V (D) +0.845 V

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 41 APRIL 2011

8. A gaseous compound decomposes on heating as per 12. Which of the following statement is/are correct?
the following equation : (A) Helium escapes at a rate 2 times as fast as O2
A (g) → B(g) + 2C (g). After 5 minutes and 20 does
seconds, the pressure increases by 96 mm Hg. If the (B) Helium escapes at a rate 4 times as fast as SO2
rate constant for this first order reaction is 5 does
.2 × 10–4s–1, the initial pressure of A is [given antilog (C) Helium escapes at a rate 2.65 times as fast as CO
0.072 = 1.18] does
(A) 480 mm (B) 376 mm (D) Helium diffuses at a rate 8.65 times as much as
(C) 696 mm (D) 313 mm CO does

SECTION – II 13. Which of these statements regarding micelles is/are

correct ?
Multiple Correct Answers Type
(A) The enthalpy of micelle formation in aqueous
Questions 9 to 13 are multiple choice questions. Each system in slightly negative
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of (B) At critical micelle concentration, several
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct. Mark properties of solution of surfactant such as molar
your response in OMR sheet against the question conductivity, surface tension and osmotic
number of that question. + 3 marks will be given for pressure undergo a dramatic change
each correct answer and no negative marks. (C) Micelles from ionic surfactants can be formed
9. Which of the following are paramagnetic ? only above a certain temperature called the Kraft
temperature
(A) [Ni(CN)4]2– (B) [NiCl4]2–
3+ (D) For soaps the cmc is 10–4 to 10–3 mol/l
(C) [CoF6] (D) [Co(NH3)6]3+

10. Select correct synthesis products : SECTION – III

Cl Comprehension Type
H O 2 , OH –
(A) BH
3.THF
→ 2  →
This section contains 2 paragraphs; passage- I has 2
multiple choice questions (No. 14 & 15) and passage- II
O has 3 multiple (No. 16 to 18). Each question has 4
NaOH
→ choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE
is correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against
Cl the question number of that question. + 3 marks will be
(B) Hg
( → NaBH
OAc) 2
4 → given for each correct answer and – 1 mark for each
H 2O
wrong answer.
O
Paragraph # 1 (Ques. 14 to 15)
NaOH
→
The values of ∆H and ∆S generally do not vary much
O with temperature. As a consequence, the dependence
(C) mCPBA
 
→ of ∆G with temperature is governed mainly by the
CH 2Cl2 value of T in then expression ∆G = ∆H – T∆S. The
entropy term – T∆S has the greater effect on the
(D) Br + (CH3)3CONa spontaneity of the process.
Under non-standard conditions, ∆G is related
(CH3)3CO to ∆Gº and the value of the reaction quotient, Q;
∆ = ∆Hº – RT ln Q. At equilibrium (∆G = 0, Q = K),
∆Gº = –RT ln
11. In the following reaction compound B formed can :
O 14. If the value of equilibrium constant for the reaction
+ given below is 4.4 × 10–4 at 298 K.
O H3O
→ glycol + B CH3NH2(aq) + H2O(l) CH2NH3+(aq) + OH–(aq)
O Find ∆Gº for this reaction
(A) undergo tautomerism (A) – 38.28 kJ (B) –19.14 kJ
(B) form oximes (C) –9.57 kJ (D) Zero
(C) give colour with FeCl3
(D) B is an equilibrium mixture of B1 and B2 15. A particular reaction given below can be spontaneous
if –
O O HO OH 2POCl3(g) → 2PCl3(g) + O2(g)
B1 B2 ∆Hº = 572 kJ; ∆Sº=179 J/K
(A) T > 1200 K (B) T > 1600 K
(C) T > 2400 K (D) T >3200 K

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 42 APRIL 2011

Paragraph # 2 (Ques. 16 to 18) X Y Z W
RNH2 reacts with HNO2 (nitrous acid from NaNO2 0 0 0 0
and dil. HCl) forming alcohols. Chemist A wanted to 1 1 1 1
prepare 2-propanol and thus she worked out the 2
2 2 2
synthesis from 2-aminopropane. Chemist B also
wanted to prepare 2-propanol she could not arrange 2- 3 3 3 3
aminopropane but instead she tried the tried the 4 4 4 4
synthesis from 5 5 5 5
1-aminopropane. 6 6 6 6
16. What was the major product of chemist B ? 7 7 7 7
(A) 1-propanol (B) 2-propanol 8 8 8 8
(C) Propene (D) Cyclopropane 9 9 9 9
17. Some of the produces have also been isolated by
19. The C–C single-bond distance is 1.54 Å. What is the
chemist B. She had put her views based on value of double of distance between the terminal
mechanism. carbons in propane ? Assume that the four bonds of
X : CH3CH2CH2Cl and CH3CHCH3 : SN reaction any carbon atom are pointed towards the corners of a
regular tetrahedron.
Cl
Y : CH3CH=CH2 E1 20. The dipole moment of HBr is 2.00 × 10–30 C m and
the interatomic spacing is 1.41 Å. What is the per
Z : CH2 CH2 E1
cent ionic character of HBr ?
CH2
21. Molar conductance of a 0.2 M solution of a weak
Correct alternates are : acid HA, is 2.8 × 10–2 Sm2 mol–1. If the limiting
(A) X, Y (B) Y, Z molar conductance of HA is 560 Sm2 mol–1, calculate
(C) X, Z (D) X, Y, Z the x. If dissociation constant of the acid is x × 10–10.

18. Major product of the following reaction is : 22. The normality of 3 M phosphorus acid is.

OH 23. An alloy of Pb-Ag weighing 1.08 g was dissolved in

HNO
2 →
dilute HNO3 and the volume made to 100 ml. A silver
CH2NH2
electrode was dipped in the solution and the EMF of the
cell set up
OH OH Pt(s), H2(g) |H+ (1M) || Ag+ (aq) | Ag(s)
(A) (B) was 0.62 V. If Eºcell = 0.80 V. What is the percentage of
CH2OH CH3 Ag in the alloy ? [At 25ºC, RT/F = 0.06]

24. For a cell reaction involving a two electron, the

(C) O (D) OH standard EMF of the cell is found to be 0.295 V at
25ºC. The equilibrium constant of the reaction at
25ºC is 1010x then value of x is.

25. At very low temperature, SO2 crystallizes in a

SECTION – IV hexagonal lattice. If the cross sectional area of unit
Matrix – Match Type cell is 17.77 × 10–16 cm2, the lattice constant ‘b’ is
7.41 Å and density is 0.805 g/cc then the number of
This section contains 9 questions (Q.19 to 27). SO2 molecules per unit cell is
+3 marks will be given for each correct answer and no
negative marking. The answer to each of the questions 26. How much of NaOH is required to neutralize 1500
is a SINGLE-DIGIT INTEGER, ranging from 0 to 9. cm3 of 0.1 N HCl ? (Na = 23)
The appropriate bubbles below the respective question
numbers in the OMR have to be darkened. For
27. 0.1 M NaOH is titrated with 0.1 M HA till the end
example, if the correct answers to question numbers X,
point; Ka for HA is 5.6 × 10–6 and degree of
Y, Z and W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and 2, respectively, then
hydrolysis is less compared to one. Calculate pH of
the correct darkening of bubbles will look like the
the resulting solution at the end point.
following :

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 43 APRIL 2011

 7. If f : X → Y, where X and Y are sets containing
MATHEMATICS natural numbers, f(x) =
x+5
then the number of
x+2
SECTION – I elements in the domain and range of f(x) are,
Straight Objective Type respectively -
(A) 1 and 1 (B) 2 and 1
Questions 1 to 8 are multiple choice questions. Each (C) 2 and 2 (D) 1 and 2
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in 8. If the coefficient of x2r is greater than half of the
OMR sheet against the question number of that coefficient of x2r+1 in the expansion of (1 + x)15.
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct Then the number of values of r are :
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer. (A) 3 (B) 4
(C) 6 (D) None of these
1. Let f ′ (x) ≥ 5 for x ≤ 2 and f (2) = 10. Then-
(A) f (0) ≤ –40 (B) f (–1) ≤ –5
(C) f (x) ≥ 5x (D) f (1) ≥ 20
SECTION – II
2. 3 2
If f (x) = x + ax + ax + x(tan θ + cot θ) is increasing for Multiple Correct Answers Type
 3π  Questions 9 to 13 are multiple choice questions. Each
all real x and if θ ∈  π,  , then-
 2  question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
(A) a2 –3a – 6 < 0 (B) a2 –3a – 6 > 0 which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct. Mark
2 your response in OMR sheet against the question
(C) a –3a – 6 ≤ 0 (D) a2 –3a – 6 ≥ 0
number of that question. + 3 marks will be given for
 ωr each correct answer and no negative marks.
ωr +1 ωr + 2 
 r −1  9. A variable circle is described to pass through the
3. If A(r) = ω ωr ωr +1  , where ω is complex point (1, 0) and tangent to the curve y = tan (tan–1 x).
 ω2r ω2r + 2 ω2r + 4  The locus of the centre of the circle is a parabola
 
cube root of unity, then- whose:
(A) A(r) is singular only if r is even (A) length of the latus rectum is 2 2
(B) A(r) is singular only if r is odd (B) axis of symmetry has the equation x + y = 1
(C) A(r) is singular (C) vertex has the coordinates (3/4, 1/4)
(D) A(r) is non singular (D) none of these

4. If a > 2, roots of the equation (2 – a)x2 + 3ax –1 = 0 x

∫e
2t
are- 10. Let g(x) = xce2x & f (x) = (3t 2 + 1)1 / 2 dt, for a
(A) one positive and one negative 0

(B) both negative f ´(x)

certain value of c, the limit of as x → ∞ is
(C) both positive g´(x)
(D) Both imaginary finite, then
(A) c can not be less than 1
5. The distance of the point (2, – 1, 3) from the plane
x – 2y + 3z – 3 = 0, measured parallel to the line 3
(B) for c > 1, limit is
x y z −1 2
= = is equal to -
1 2 3 3
(A) 1 unit (B) 3 unit (C) for c = 1, limit is
2
(C) 2 unit (D) none of these (D) for c > 1, limit is 0
r r
6. If a , b are non-zero vectors such that 11. If the quadratic equation
r r r r
| a + b | = | a − 2b |, then - (ab –bc)x2 + (bc –ca)x + ca – ab = 0, a, b, c ∈ R has
r r r
both the roots equal, then-
(A) a . b = 2| b |2
r r r
(B) a . b = | b |2 (A) both roots are equal to zero
r r 4 (B) both roots are equal to 1
(C) least value of a . b + r 2 is 2 2
|b | +2 (C) a, c, b are in H.P.
r r 4 (D) ab2c2, b2a2c, a2c2b are in A.P.
(D) least value of a . b + r 2 is 2 2 –1
|b | +2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 44 APRIL 2011

 πe eπ ππ + ee x4
dy
12.
x−e
+
x−π
+
x−π−e
= 0 has- 18. If y = ∫ ln t dt then lim+
x →0 dx
is-
x3
(A) one real root in (e, π) and other in (π – e, e)
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) –1
(B) one real root in (e, π) and other in (π,π + e)
(C) two real roots in (π – e, π + e)
(D) No real roots SECTION – IV
Matrix – Match Type
13. For the curve represented parametrically by the
This section contains 9 questions (Q.19 to 27).
equations x = 2ln cot t + 1, and y = tan t + cot t +3 marks will be given for each correct answer and no
(A) tangent at t = π/4 is parallel to x-axis negative marking. The answer to each of the questions
(B) normal at t = π/4 is parallel to y-axis is a SINGLE-DIGIT INTEGER, ranging from 0 to 9.
(C) tangent at t = π/4 is parallel to line y = x The appropriate bubbles below the respective question
(D) tangent and normal intersect at the point (2, 1) numbers in the OMR have to be darkened. For
example, if the correct answers to question numbers X,
Y, Z and W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and 2, respectively, then
SECTION – III the correct darkening of bubbles will look like the
Comprehension Type following :
X Y Z W
This section contains 2 paragraphs; passage- I has 2 0 0 0 0
multiple choice questions (No. 14 & 15) and passage- II 1 1 1 1
has 3 multiple (No. 16 to 18). Each question has 4
2 2 2 2
choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE
is correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against 3 3 3 3
the question number of that question. + 3 marks will be 4 4 4 4
given for each correct answer and – 1 mark for each 5 5 5 5
wrong answer. 6 6 6 6
Paragraph # 1 (Ques. 14 to 15) 7 7 7 7
If roots of the equation x4 –12x3 + bx2 + cx + 81 = 0 8 8 8 8
are positive.
9 9 9 9
14. The value of b is- 19. A line 'L' is drawn from (4, 3) to meet the lines
(A) –54 (B) 54 (C) 27 (D) –27 L1 : 3x + 4y + 5 = 0 and L2 : 3x + 4y + 15 = 0 at
points A and B respectively. From 'A' a line,
15. Roots of equation 2bx + c = 0 is perpendicular to L is drawn meeting the line L2 at
1 1 A1. Similarly, from point 'B' a line, perpendicular to
(A) – (B) (C) 1 (D) –1
2 2 L is drawn meeting the line L1 at B1. Thus
parallelogram AA1BB1 is formed. Least value of
Paragraph # 2 (Ques. 16 to 18) area of parallelogram AA1BB1 is.....
v( x)
dy sin 3θ − 1 1
If y = ∫ f (t ) dt , let us define
dx
in a different
20. If cos 2θ 4 3 = 0
u ( x)

dy 2 7 7
manner as = v′(x) f 2(v(x)) – u′ (x) f 2(u(x)) and
dx Then no. of values of θ in [0, 2π] are……..
the equation of tangent at (a, b) as
21. Absolute difference of greatest & least value of
 dy    –1 1 
y–b=   ( x – a)
 dx  ( a ,b ) cos–1x2,  x ∈  ,   is π/k , then k = 

  2 2 
x2
16. If y = ∫ t 2 dt , then equation of tangent at x = 1 is - 22. The domain of definition of the function
 x 2 + 2 x −3 
x log[ 2 tan πx ] 
 4 x 2 − 4 x −3 
(A) y = x + 1 (B) x + y = 1 f (x) = [2 tan πx] , (where [ ] 
(C) y = x –1 (D) y = x
denotes the greatest integer function) is given by the
x
17. If f(x) = ∫ e t
2
/2
(1 − t 2 ) dt , then f ′(x) at x = 1 is-  1 1
interval n + , n +  , where n ∈ I then absolute
1  n 2
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) –1 value of sum of all possible values of n is

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 45 APRIL 2011

 r r r r r r
23. If e1 , e2 , e3 and E1 , E 2 , E3 are two set of vectors
r r r r
such that ei . E j = 1, if i = j and ei . E j = = 0, if i ≠ j,
r r r r r r u
then the value of [ e1 e2 e3 ] [ E1 E 2 E3 ] is
________. P θ
24. The radius of the circular section of the sphere l
r r r r r
| r | = 5 by the plane r . (i + j − k ) = 4 3 is . (A) the ball will return to the point P if l = half of the
horizontal range
25. The equation x3 – 6x2 + 9x + λ = 0 have exactly one
(B) the ball will return to the point P if l ≤ half of the
root in (1, 3) then λ ∈ (α, β) then (β – α) is
horizontal range.
26. Let α be the angle in radians between (C) the ball can not return to the initial point if
x2 y2 l > half of the horizontal range
+ =1 and the circle x2 + y2 = 12 at their (D) the ball will return to the initial point, if the
36 4
collision elastic and l < half of the range
k
points of intersection. If α = tan–1 , then find the
2 3 3. Block A of mass M = 2kg is connected to another
value of 'k' block B of mass 1 kg with a string and a spring of
force constant k = 600 N/m as shown in the figure.
27. If f(x) satisfies the equation Initially spring is compressed to 10cm and whole
f ( x + 1) f ( x + 8) f ( x + 1) system is moving on a smooth surface with a
velocity v = 1 m/s. At any time thread is burnt, the
1 2 −5 = 0 for all real x. velocity of block A, when B, is having maximum
2 3 λ velocity w.r.t. ground, is (all the surfaces are
frictionless)

v
PHYSICS
m B
SECTION – I M A
Straight Objective Type

Questions 1 to 8 are multiple choice questions. Each (A) zero (B) 1 m/s
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of (C) 3 m/s (D) none
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in
OMR sheet against the question number of that 4. Two identical vessels are filled with equal amounts
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct of ice. The vessels are made of different materials. If
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer. the ice melts in the two vessels in times t1 and t2
1. From a uniform disc of mass 2 kg and radius 4m a respectively then their thermal conductivities are in
small disc of radius 1m with centre O' is extracted. the ratio : -
The moment of inertia of remaining portion about an (A) t2 : t1 (B) t 22 : t12
axis passing through O perpendicular to plane of
disc is (O is the centre at whole disc) (C) t1 : t2 (D) t12 : t 22

5. A black body emits radiation at the rate P when its

2m temperature is T. At this temperature the wavelength
O O'
at which the radiation has maximum intensity is λ0.
4m If at another temperature T' the power radiated is P'
λ
(A) 16 kg m2 (B) 12 kg m2 & wavelength at maximum intensity is 0 then -
2
255 247 (A) P'T' = 32 PT (B) P'T' = 16 PT
(C) kg m 2 (D) kg m 2
16 16 (C) P'T' = 8 PT (D) P'T' = 4 PT
2. A ball of mass m is projected from a point P on the 6. The potential energy of a particle of mass 1 kg is ,
ground as shown in the figure. It hits a fixed smooth U = 10 + (x – 2)2. Here, U is in joule and x in
vertical wall at a distance l from P. Choose the most metres. On the positive x-axis particle travels upto
appropriate option. x = + 6 m. Choose the wrong statement :

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 46 APRIL 2011

 (A) On negative x-axis particle travels upto x = –2m
(B) The maximum kinetic energy of the particle is 16 J
(C) The period of oscillation of the particle is
2 π second
(D) None of the above
10. A disc is given an initial angular velocity ω0 and
placed on a rough horizontal surface as shown in
figure. The quantities which will not depend on the
coefficient of friction is/are

7. On a cold winter day the temperature of atmosphere ω0

is – TºC. The cylindrical diagram shown is made of
insulating material and it contains water at 0ºC. If L
is latent heat of fusion of ice, ρ is density of ice and
KR is thermal conductivity of ice, the time taken for
total mass of water to freeze is -
(A) The time until rolling begins
(B) The displacement of the disc until rolling begins
(C) The velocity when rolling begins
(D) The work done by the force of friction

H 11. In an elastic collision between two particles

(A) the total kinetic energy of the system is always
2R constant
ρL ρLH 2 ρLH 2 H2 (B) the kinetic energy of the system before collision
(A) (B) (C) (D)
H 2 kT 2kT kT ρLkT is equal to the kinetic energy of the system after
collision
8. Two blocks of masses m & M are moving with (C) the linear momentum of the system is conserved
speeds v1 & v2 (v1 > v2) in the same direction on
(D) none of these
frictionless surface respectively. M being ahead of
m. An ideal spring of force constant K is attached to 12. A gas is enclosed in a cylinderical vessel with initial
back side of M (as shown). The maximum
compression of spring is volume V0, temperature T0 and pressure P0. Initially
v2 spring is in its natural length. Now gas is heated
v1
M such that its new volume is 2V0. Piston and surface
m
of cylinder is perfectly insulating. Now choose the
m M correct one -
(A) v1 (B) v2 Area = A
K K
mM
(C) (v1 – v2) (D) None of these A k
K (M + m)
Atmospheric
Pressure (P0)
SECTION – II kV0
Multiple Correct Answers Type (A) Final pressure of the gas is P0 +
A2
Questions 9 to 13 are multiple choice questions. Each (B) work done by atmospheric pressure is – P0V0
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
(C) work done by the gas is P0V0
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct. Mark
your response in OMR sheet against the question (D) temperature of gas remains constant
number of that question. + 3 marks will be given for
each correct answer and no negative marks. 13. The rate of fall of temperature of two identical solid
9. In which of the following cases the centre of mass of spheres of different materials are equal at a certain
a rod is certainly not at its centre? temperature then -
(A) the density continuously increases from left to (A)Their specific heat capacities are equal
right (B) Their heat capacities are equal
(B) the density continuously decreases from left to (C) Their specific heat capacities are proportional to
right their densities
(C) the density decreases from left to right up to the (D)Their specific heat capacities are inversely
centre and then increases proportional to their densities
(D) the density increases from left to right up to the
centre and then decreases

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 47 APRIL 2011

 SECTION – III 16. When the cylinders are opened, then -
Comprehension Type (A) Helium balloon will be inflated faster
(B) Nitrogen balloon will be inflated faster
This section contains 2 paragraphs; passage- I has 2 (C) Both balloon will be inflated simultaneously
multiple choice questions (No. 14 & 15) and passage- II (D) Data are not sufficient to say any thing about rate
has 3 multiple (No. 16 to 18). Each question has 4 of inflation
choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE
is correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against 17. If both balloons are filled with same number of
the question number of that question. + 3 marks will be moles of gas n. If both the balloons are now heated
given for each correct answer and – 1 mark for each at constant pressure by supplying the same quantity
wrong answer. H of Heat (thermal energy) to each. Due to heating,
Paragraph # 1 (Ques. 14 to 15) temperature of gases in balloon increase. ∆T is
temperature difference between initial and final
In the figure shown a disc A of mass m and radius r
is fixed with the help of nail in a smooth horizontal temperature then ∆THe : ∆TN 2 is equal to :
(x-y) plane with its plane horizontal. The co- 5 7 3 5
(A) (B) (C) (D)
 r r  7 5 5 3
ordinates of the centre of the disc A are  , 
 2 2 18. Find the difference between the volumes of the two
another identical disc B of having mass and radius balloon after heating (where P is the initial pressure
−r of balloon) -
same as that of A moving along the line x = 4H 3H 2H 6H
2 (A) (B) (C) (D)
with its plane horizontal in x-y plane with speed v0, 35P 35P 35P 35P
makes elastic impact with A. The time of impact is
∆t. In elastic impact kinetic energy of the system is SECTION – IV
conserved. All surface are frictionless. Matrix – Match Type
y This section contains 9 questions (Q.19 to 27).
+3 marks will be given for each correct answer and no
negative marking. The answer to each of the questions is
A a SINGLE-DIGIT INTEGER, ranging from 0 to 9. The
x appropriate bubbles below the respective question
v0 numbers in the OMR have to be darkened. For example,
if the correct answers to question numbers X, Y, Z and
B W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and 2, respectively, then the correct
darkening of bubbles will look like the following :
X Y Z W
14. The velocity of the disc B after collision is
0 0 0 0
v
(
(A) 0 − î + ĵ
2
) v
(B) − 0 î
2
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
(C) − v 0 î (D)
v0
2
− î + ĵ ( ) 3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
15. Net average force exerted by the surface and nail on 5 5 5 5
the disc A during impact under the assumption mg is 6 6 6 6
very small compared to impulsive force 7 7 7 7
(A) mv (î + ĵ) / ∆t
0 (B) − mv (î + ˆj) / ∆t 0 8 8 8 8
(C) 2 mv 0 (î + ĵ) / ∆t (D) 2 mv 0 (î − ˆj) / ∆t 9 9 9 9
19. A weightless inextensible string which first runs
Paragraph # 2 (Ques. 16 to 18) over a fixed weightless pulley D and then coils on a
This question concern two balloons and two identical spool B of outer radius R and inner radius R/2
cylinders of gas. One cylinder contains helium, tightly. The smaller pulley of spool can roll without
monoatomic gas of molecular mass 4g mol–1. The sliding along a horizontal fixed rail, as shown. The
other contain nitrogen, a diatomic gas of molecular total mass of the spool is M. The axis O of the spool
mass 28 g mol–1. The balloons are identical and each is is perpendicular to the plane of the drawing and
connected to one of the cylinders. Both gas may moment of inertia relative to O is 1/2 MR2. If the
assumed to ideal and both cylinder weigh the same end A of the string is pulled downward with
amount of gas. Initially cylinder was closed. constant acceleration g/2, then tension in the string
Temperature of both cylinder is same. is nMg/2. Find n. (String does not slip on spool.)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 48 APRIL 2011

 24. Identical six rods are used to form given figure.
B Rods AB, BC & AC form equilateral triangle. The
C R temperature of point B is (in °C) can be written as
O 10x. Find x.
R/2
[50°C]
E
D
B
[100°C]
A D A
g/2
C

20. A solid ball of mass m and radius r spinning with F

angular velocity ω falls on a horizontal slab of mass [0°C]
M with rough upper surface (coefficient of friction
µ) and smooth lower surface. Immediately after 25. The density of the core of a planet is ρ1 and that of
collision the normal component of velocity of the the outer shell is ρ2. The radii of the core and that of
ball remains half of its value just before collision the planet are R and 2R respectively. The
and it stops spinning. Find the velocity of the sphere acceleration due to gravity at the surface of the
in horizontal direction immediately after impact planet is same as at a depth R. The ρ1/ρ2 can be
(given : Rω = 5) written as n/3. Find n.
ω
m
R 2R
v ρ1
M ρ2

21. A small ball is projected from point P towards a 26. A satellite is revolving round the earth in a circular
vertical wall as shown in figure. It hits the wall orbit of radius ‘a’ with velocity v0. A particle is
when its velocity is horizontal. Ball reaches point P projected from satellite in a forward direction with
after one bounce on the floor. The coefficient of
 5 
restitution assuming it to be same for two collisions relative velocity v =  – 1 v . Then it is found
is n/2. All surfaces are smooth. Find the value of n.  4  0
 
that the maximum distance of particle from earth's
na
centre is . Then the value of n is
3
27. A disc of radius '5cm' rolls on a horizontal surface
P with linear velocity v = 1 î m/s and angular velocity
50 rad/sec. Height of particle from ground on rim of
disc which has velocity in vertical direction is
22. The room heater can provide only 16ºC in the room (in cm) -
when the temperature outside is – 20ºC. It is not y
warm and comfortable, that is why the electric stove
ω
with power of 1 kW is also plugged in together these v x
two devices maintain the room temperature of 22ºC.
Determine the thermal power of the heater in kW.

23. In a bowl (with lid) we put together some amount of

water (of mass m) and the same mass of ice both
being at 0ºC. After 160 minutes the entire ice was
melted. After how much time (in minutes) (approx.)
melting of ice, the temperature of water increases by
1ºC. (Newton law of cooling is applicable here),
temperature of air is 25ºC and latent heat of ice is 80
cal/gm is given.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 49 APRIL 2011

 MOCK TEST FOR IIT-JEE
PAPER - II
Time : 3 Hours Total Marks : 237

Instructions :
• This question paper contains 57 questions in Chemistry (19,) Mathematics (19) & Physics (19).
• In section -I (6 Ques. SCQ Type) of each paper +5 marks will be given for correct answer & –2 mark for wrong answer.
• In section -II [2 Pass. (3 Q. × 2) = 6 Ques.] of each paper +3 marks will be given for correct answer & –1 mark
for wrong answer
• In section -III (2 Ques. Column Matching Type) of each paper +8(2×4) marks will be given for correct answer.
No Negative marking for wrong answer.
• In section -IV contain (5 Ques. of Numerical Response with single-digit Ans.) of each paper +3 marks will be
given for correct answer & No Negative marking for wrong answer.

CH2
CHEMISTRY (C)
CH2
SECTION – I
Straight Objective Type (D)

Questions 1 to 6 are multiple choice questions. Each

question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of 3. The product A and B in the reaction given below are:
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in O
OMR sheet against the question number of that LiAIH4
O A
question. + 5 marks will be given for each correct
answer and – 2 mark for each wrong answer. NaBH4
B
1. Which of the following will be most readily O
dehydrated in acidic condition - OH
O OH OH (A) (both A and B)
OH
OH
(A) (B)
O
O O
O
(B) (both A and B)
(C) (D)
O
OH OH
OH O
2. Identify the product C in the following reaction
O
sequence (C) and
OH
o–HOOC–C6H4–CH2–C6H5 SOCl
2 →
OH OH
A anhyd
 . AlCl
3 → B Zn
–Hg / HCl
→ C
CH2 (D) None of these
(A)
CH
Cl 4. Which of the following represents correctly the
O changes in thermodynamic properties during the
C COCl formation of 1 mole of an ideal binary solution.
(B)
CH2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 50 APRIL 2011

 + ∆ Gmix
(A) J mol–1 0
– ∆ Hmix
mole fraction
+ ∆ Gmix
(B) J mol–1 0 ∆ Hmix
– T∆ Smix
mole fraction
+ T∆ Smix
(C) J mol–1 0 ∆ Hmix
– ∆ Gmix
mole fraction
+ T∆ Smix
SECTION – II
Comprehension Type
T∆ Smix This section contains 2 paragraphs, each has 3 multiple
choice questions. (Questions 7 to 12) Each question has
4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE
is correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against
the question number of that question. + 3 marks will be
given for each correct answer and – 1 mark for each
wrong answer.
Paragraph # 1 (Ques. 7 to 9)
NBS brings allylic bromination while alc. KOH brings
dehydrohalogenation. Diene undergoes Diel’s-alder
reaction with alkene to give a cyclic compound.
Ozonolysis of alkene followed by reaction with
(CH3)2S gives aldehydes.
,∆ =CH 2
NBS
  → A alcoholic
 KOH
→ B H2C
 → C
(
i ) O3 / CCl 4
 → D
( ii ) ( CH3 ) 2 S
7. Compound A in the above reaction sequence is
Br
(A) (B)

(D) J mol–1 0 Br
∆ Gmix
NH2
– ∆ Hmix
(C) (D)
Br S
mole fraction
8. The product B in the reaction is a/an
5. Study the following figure and choose the correct (A) alkene (B) alkyne
options. Assuming complete dissociation of (C) diene (D) allene
electrolyte : 9. Product D is
SPM
(A) 2CH3CH2CHO
OO
0.05M aq. 0.10M aq.
Al2(SO4)3 solution MgCl2 solution (B) H5C2–C–C–CH2–CH3
CHO
(C) (CH2)2
CHO
(A) There will be no net moment of any substance CHO
across the membrane (D) (CH2)4
CHO
(B) MgCl2 will flow towards the Al2(SO4)3 solution
(C) Al2(SO4)3 will flow towards the MgCl2 solution Paragraph # 2 (Ques. 10 to 12)
(D) The π(osmotic pressure) of 0.1 M MgCl2 is Sodium sulphite (Na2SO3) is added to meat as a
higher than the π of 0.05 M Al2(SO4)3 preservative. The presence of Na2SO3 can be detected
by adding dil. H2SO4 when the pungent smelling gas
6. In the radioactive decay evolved turns the lime water milky. The gas evolved
A A
ZX → Z+1Y → Z –1 Z
A–4
→ A–4
the sequence was detected as sulphur dioxide. The SO2 evolved
Z –1 Z
high energy low energy was dissolved in water and it requires I2 solution in
of the radiation emitted is : order to oxidize SO2 to SO 24– in titration.
(A) α, β, γ (B) γ, α, β SO2 + 2H2O + I2 → 4H+ + SO 24– + 2I–
(C) β, γ, α (D) β, α, γ
In order to check the results of titration, excess barium
chloride is added to the final solution. The resulting
precipitate is collected and weighed.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 51 APRIL 2011

10. SO2 and CO2 both turns lime water milky. Which of 14.
the following reagent can be used to distinguish these Column –I Column-II
two gases ? (A) Co-ordination no. of (P) 8, 4
(I) K2Cr2O7/H2SO4 (II) KMnO4/H+ Ca2+ and F– in
(III) I2 solution fluorite structure
(A) I, II, III correct (B) I, III only correct
(B) C.No. of Zn2+ and S–2 (Q) 8, 8
(C) II, III only correct (D) III only correct
in zinc blend structure
11. SO2 gas is used as a bleaching agent. Its bleaching (C) C.No. of Cs+ and Cl– in (R) 4, 8
action is : - CsCl (bcc type) structure
(A) temporary and due to its oxidizing nature (D) C.No. of Li+ and O2– (S) 4, 4
(B) temporary and due to its reducing action in antifluorite structure (T) 6, 6
(C) permanent and due to its oxidizing action
(D) permanent and due to its reducing action
SECTION – IV
12. Which of the following compounds is formed, when Matrix – Match Type
Na2SO3 is boiled with sulphur. This section contains 5 questions (Q.15 to 19).
(A) Na2SO4 (B) Na2S2O5 +3 marks will be given for each correct answer and no
(C) Na2S2O6 (D) Na2S2O3 negative marking. The answer to each of the questions
is a SINGLE-DIGIT INTEGER, ranging from 0 to 9.
The appropriate bubbles below the respective question
numbers in the OMR has to be darkened. For example,
SECTION – III if the correct answers to question numbers X, Y, Z and
Column Matching Type W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and 2, respectively, then the correct
darkening of bubbles will look like the following :
This section contains 2 questions (Questions 13, 14). X Y Z W
Each question contains statements given in two
columns which have to be matched. Statements (A, B, 0 0 0 0
C, D) in Column I have to be matched with statements 1 1 1 1
(P, Q, R, S, T) in Column II. The answers to these 2 2 2 2
questions have to be appropriately bubbled as 3 3 3 3
illustrated in the following example. If the correct 4 4 4 4
matches are A-P, A-S, A-T; B-Q, B-R; C-P, C-Q and D-
S, D-T then the correctly bubbled 4 × 5 matrix should 5 5 5 5
be as follows : 6 6 6 6
P Q R S T 7 7 7 7
8 8 8 8
A P Q R S T
9 9 9 9
B P Q R S T
C P Q R S T 19. The number of possible isomers of an octahedral
D P Q R S T complex, [Co(C2O4)2(NH3)2]– are.
20. Titanium shows magnetic moment of 1.73 B.M. in its
Mark your response in OMR sheet against the question
compound. What is the oxidation number of Ti in the
number of that question in section-II. + 8 marks will be
compound ?
given for complete correct answer (i.e. +2 marks for
each correct row) and NO NEGATIVE MARKING for 21. In the disproportionation reaction of NaOH with one
wrong answer. molecule of P4, number of molecules of NaOH
reacting are …… .
13.
Column -I Column-II 22. When a 20 mL of 0.08 M weak base BOH is titrated
with 0.08 M HCl, the pH of the solution at the end point
(A) [Pt(NH3)2Cl2] (P) paramagnetic is 5. What will be pOH if 10 mL of 0.04 M NaOH is
added to the resulting solution ? [Given : log 2 = 0.30
(B) [CuCl4]2– (Q) homoleptic complex and log 3 = 0.48]
(C) [Fe(CN)6]4– (R) square planar 23. When sulphur (in the form of S8) is heated at
3– temperature T, at equilibrium, the pressure of S8 falls
(D) [FeF6] (S) heteroleptic by 30% from 1.0 atm, because S8(g) is partially
(T) None converted into S2(g). Find the value of Kp for this
reaction

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 52 APRIL 2011

 SECTION – II
MATHEMATICS Comprehension Type
This section contains 2 paragraphs, each has 3 multiple
SECTION – I choice questions. (Questions 7 to 12) Each question has
Straight Objective Type 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE
Questions 1 to 6 are multiple choice questions. Each is correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of the question number of that question. + 3 marks will be
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in given for each correct answer and – 1 mark for each
OMR sheet against the question number of that wrong answer.
question. + 5 marks will be given for each correct Paragraph # 1 (Ques. 7 to 9)
answer and – 2 mark for each wrong answer. A bag contains 'n' cards marked 1, 2, 3, ….., n.
'X' draws a card from the bag and the card is put back
z−4
1. If = k, where z is a complex number, then the into the bag. Then 'Y' draws a card. The probability
z+2 that 'Y' draws-
1 7. The same card as 'X' is
value k for which the locus of is a straight line,
z−2 1 1
is – (A) (B)
n 2n
1 1 2
(A) 1 (B) (C) 2 (D) 4 (C) 2 (D)
2 n n

2. The number of tangents to the curve 8. A higher card than 'X' is

y2 – 2x3 – 4y + 8 = 0 which pass through (1, 2) is – n −1 n −1
(A) 3 (B) 2 (A) (B)
(C) 1 (D) 6 n 2n
n −1 n −1
(C) 2 (D)
3. If 2α and 2β are the eccentric angles of ends of a n 2n 2
x2 y2
focal chord of the ellipse 2 + 2 = 1, with the 9. A lower card than 'X' is
a b n −1 n −1
eccentricity e, then cos (α – β) = (A) (B)
n 2n
sin(α + β) n −1 n −1
(A) e sin (α – β) (B) (C) 2 (D)
e n 2n 2
cos(α + β)
(C) e cos (α + β) (D)
e Paragraph # 2 (Ques. 10 to 12)
4. The number of seven digit integers, with sum of the Let y2 = 8x and xy + 1 = 0, y > 0 be the equation of
digits equal to 10 and formed by using the digits 1, 2 two curves.
and 3 only, is
(A) 55 (B) 66 (C) 77 (D) 88 10. The common tangent touches the parabola at P when
coordinates are –
5. The line passing through the extremity A of the major (A) (2, 4) (B) (1, 2 2 )
axis and extremity B of the minor axis of the ellipse
x2 + 9y2 = 9 meets its auxiliary circle at the point M. (C) (2, –4) (D) (1, – 2 2 )
Then the area of the triangle with vertices at A, M
and the origin O is 11. The normal at P to the parabola meets the parabola
again at Q where Q is –
31 29 21 27 (A) (8, – 8) (B) (18, – 12)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
10 10 10 10 (C) (2, –2) (D) (4, – 4)

x 2 + sin 2 x 12. If the tangent at P meets the hyperbola at R, the area

6. If f (x) = ∫ 1 + x2
sec2x dx and f (0) = 0 then f of the triangle PQR is –
(A) 96 sq. units (B) 32 sq. units
(1)= (C) 48 sq. units (D) 64 sq. units
(A) 1 – π/4 (B) π/4 – 1
(C) tan1 – π/4 (D) None of these

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 53 APRIL 2011

 SECTION – III SECTION – IV
Column Matching Type Integer answer type
This section contains 2 questions (Questions 13, 14). This section contains 5 questions (Q.15 to 19).
Each question contains statements given in two +3 marks will be given for each correct answer and no
columns which have to be matched. Statements (A, B, negative marking. The answer to each of the questions
C, D) in Column I have to be matched with statements is a SINGLE-DIGIT INTEGER, ranging from 0 to 9.
(P, Q, R, S, T) in Column II. The answers to these The appropriate bubbles below the respective question
questions have to be appropriately bubbled as numbers in the OMR has to be darkened. For example,
illustrated in the following example. If the correct if the correct answers to question numbers X, Y, Z and
matches are A-P, A-S, A-T; B-Q, B-R; C-P, C-Q and D- W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and 2, respectively, then the correct
S, D-T then the correctly bubbled 4 × 5 matrix should darkening of bubbles will look like the following :
be as follows : X Y Z W
P Q R S T 0 0 0 0
P Q R S T 1 1 1 1
A
Q 2 2 2 2
B P R S T
C P Q 3 3 3 3
R S T
D Q R S T 4 4 4 4
P
5 5 5 5
Mark your response in OMR sheet against the question
6 6 6 6
number of that question in section-II. + 8 marks will be
given for complete correct answer (i.e. +2 marks for 7 7 7 7
each correct row) and NO NEGATIVE MARKING for 8 8 8 8
wrong answer. 9 9 9 9
13. Match the following
15. Real no. (x, y) satisfy the circle with unit radius &
Column-I Column-II
centered at origin. If maximum & minimum value of
(A) If smallest positive integral value (P) 4
of x for which x2 – x – sin–1 (sin 2) < 0 4− y
expression are M & m respectively then value
is λ, then 3 + λ is equal to 7−x
(B) Number of solution of 2[x] = x + 2{x} of 2M + 6m is…...
is (where [.], {.} are greatest integer (Q) 1
and least integer functions respectively) 16. If k1 = tan 27θ – tan θ,
(C) If x2 + y2 = 1 and maximum value of (R) 2 sin θ sin 3θ sin 9θ
k2= + +
2λ cos 3θ cos 9θ cos 27θ
x + y is , then λ is equal to
3 k
then value of 1 is…...
 1  1 k2
(D) f  x +  + f  x −  = f(x) (S) 0
 2   2
17. Two rays with common end point 'O' form a 30°
for all x ∈ R, then period of f(x) is angle. Point A lies on one ray. Point B on the other
(T) 3 ray and AB = 1. Find the maximum possible length
14. Match the following of OB.
Column I Column II
(A) Let [x] denotes greatest integer (P) 0 p q r
≤ x, then the solution of
18. If q r p = 0, where p, q, r all the moduli of
x2 – 3x + [x] = 0 is
(B) Let = A {1, 2, 3, 4}, (Q) 1 r p q
B = {a, b, c, d, e} If number of non-zero complex numbers z1, z2, z3, then
many one function
z   z 3 − z1 
f : A → B is 101k, then k is arg  3  = λ arg   where λ = .........
(C) If n is even natural number (R) 2  z2   z 2 − z1 
then n (n + 1) (n + 2) is always
divisible by 19. Let the lengths of altitudes drawn from vertices of a
(D) Let L1 & L2 are non parallel (S) 5 ∆ABC to the opposite sides are 2, 2 & 3. If area of
lines, & S be a circle. Number ∆ABC is ∆ then value of 2 2 ∆ is……..
of lines of family L1 + λL2 = 0
which touch the circle S can be
(T) 8

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 54 APRIL 2011

 4. White light is incident normally on a glass surface
PHYSICS (n = 1.52) that is coated with a film of
mg F2 (n = 1.38). For what minimum thickness of
SECTION – I the film will yellow light of wavelength
Straight Objective Type 550 nm (in air) be missing in the reflected
Questions 1 to 6 are multiple choice questions. Each light ?
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in mgF2
OMR sheet against the question number of that
question. + 5 marks will be given for each correct glass
answer and – 2 mark for each wrong answer.
1. Consider a solid cube of uniform charge density of (A) 99.6 nm (B) 49.8 nm
(C) 19.6 nm (D) 10.6 nm
insulating material. What is the ratio of the
electrostatic potential at a corner to that at the centre. 5. A long, straight, hollow conductor (tube) carrying a
(Take the potential to be zero at infinity, as usual ) current has two sections A and C of unequal cross-
1 1 1 1 sections joined by a conical section B. 1, 2 and 3 are
(A) (B) (C) (D) points on a line parallel to the axis of the conductor.
1 2 4 9
The magnetic fields at 1, 2 and 3 have magnitudes
2. ABCD is a smooth horizontal fixed plane on which
B1, B2 and B3 respectively, then :
mass m1 = 0.1 kg is moving in a circular path of
radius r = 1 m. It is connected by an ideal string A 1
which is passing through a smooth hole and connects
1 B 2
of mass m2 = kg at the other end as shown. m2
2
also moves in a horizontal circle of same radius of 1
C 3
m with a speed of 10 m/s. If g = 10 m/s2 then the
speed of m1 is- (A) B1 = B2 = B3 (B) B1 = B2 ≠ B3
(C) B1 < B2 < B3
A B
(D) B2 cannot be found unless the dimensions of the
m1 section B are known
D C 6. Consider the set up shown in the figure. The source
S is d/2 distance below the optical axis and the
optical axis is equal distance below the central line.
m2 The separation between slits is d. The position of the
central maxima on the screen is- (D >>> d)
(A) 10 m/s (B) 10 m/s
1 S1
(C) m/s (D) None of these
10 Central line

3. A block of mass m is attached to an ideal spring and S2

system lies in vertical plane as shown. Initially the S
supporting plane is placed so that spring remains in f 3f D
its natural length then the plane is moved very
slowly downwards. The graph showing variation of
normal reaction applied by mass on supporting plane (A) Dd/2f (B) Dd/f
with distance travelled by block is– (C) Dd/3f (D) None of these
N N
SECTION – II
mg
(A) (B) mg Comprehension Type
This section contains 2 paragraphs, each has 3 multiple
x x choice questions. (Questions 7 to 12) Each question has
N 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE
mg is correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against
the question number of that question. + 3 marks will be
(C) (D) None of these given for each correct answer and – 1 mark for each
x wrong answer.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 55 APRIL 2011

Paragraph # 1 (Ques. 7 to 9) y
One application of LRC series circuit is to high pass
or low pass filters, which filter out either the low or x
O
high frequency components of a signal. A high pass S1 S2
filter is shown in figure, where the output voltage is
taken across the LR combination, where LR
m
combination represents an inductance coil that also plate
has resistance due to large length of the wire in the
coil. k

~ Vs C
R L
10. The rate by which fringe width will increase when
Vout
the acceleration of the plate is zero is -
λg m λg m
(A) (B)
7. Find the ratio Vout/Vs as a function of the angular d K 3d K
frequency ω of the source : λg m λg m
(C) (D)
4d K 2d K
R 2 + ωL2 R 2 + (ωL )2
(A) 2
(B) 2 11. The difference between two fringe widths when the
 1   1  plate is at rest for a moment is -
R 2 +  ωL –  R 2 +  ωL – 
 ωC   ωC  (A) 2λ/d (B) λmg/dk
(C) 2λmg/dk (D) mgd/kλ
R 2 + ω2 L
(C) 2
(D) 1 12. A thin slab of refractive index µ is kept in front of
2  1 
R +  ωC –  one of slits such that position of first maxima shift to
 ωL  the position of central maxima at the instant when
the plate has been held at rest initially. The thickness
8. Which of the following statements is correct when ω of slab is -
is small, in the case of Vout/Vs ? d dλ
(A) (B)
ωR µ −1 D(µ − 1)
(A) ωRC (B)
L Dλ λ
ωR (C) (D)
(C) ωRL (D) d(µ − 1) (µ − 1)
C
9. Which statement is correct in the limit of large SECTION – III
frequency is reached ? (For Vout/Vs) Column Matching Type
(A) 1 (B) ωRC
This section contains 2 questions (Questions 13, 14).
ωR
(C) ωRL (D) Each question contains statements given in two
L columns which have to be matched. Statements (A, B,
C, D) in Column I have to be matched with statements
Paragraph # 2 (Ques. 10 to 12) (P, Q, R, S, T) in Column II. The answers to these
Two slits S1 and S2 lies on the x-axis and symmetric questions have to be appropriately bubbled as
with respect to y-axis are illuminated by a parallel illustrated in the following example. If the correct
monochromatic light beam of wavelength λ as matches are A-P, A-S, A-T; B-Q, B-R; C-P, C-Q and
shown. The distance between shits is d (>>λ). Point D S, D-T then the correctly bubbled 4 × 5 matrix
O is the midpoint of the line S1S2 and this point is should be as follows :
considered as origin. The slits are in horizontal P Q R S T
plane. The interference pattern is observed on a A P Q R S T
horizontal plate (acting as screen) of mass m which B P Q R S T
is connected to one end of a vertical massless spring C P Q R S T
of constant K. The other end of spring is fixed to the D P Q R S T
ground. At t = 0, plate is at C distance D (>>d)
below the plane of slits and spring is at its natural Mark your response in OMR sheet against the question
length. The plate is released from rest from its initial number of that question in section-II. + 8 marks will be
position. given for complete correct answer (i.e. +2 marks for
each correct row) and NO NEGATIVE MARKING for
wrong answer.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 56 APRIL 2011

13. Mark correct option for situation shown in Column –I
column-I at the instant when particle / car is located (A) If n1 and n2 are no. of loops formed in two
on the x-axis. 2n1
Column-I pipes respectively then ratio
n2
z
y (B) If f1 & f2 are the fundamental frequencies of two
pipes respectively then f2 / f1
(C) The ratio of frequency of tuning fork and
(A) x fundamental frequency of first pipe is
(D) The mode of vibration of two pipes are
Block attached to string is moving along a circle
on rough surface Column-II
(P) 5
z (Q) Second overtone both
y
5
(R)
3
(B) x (S) The first pipe is in fifth harmonic & second in
3rd harmonic
Block is placed on a disc rotating with non
uniform angular velocity. There is no slipping 5
(T)
between block and disc. 6
SECTION – IV
z Integer answer type
y
This section contains 5 questions (Q.15 to 19).
x +3 marks will be given for each correct answer and no
(C) negative marking. The answer to each of the questions
car moving on ground along a circular is a SINGLE-DIGIT INTEGER, ranging from 0 to 9.
horizontal track at constant speed The appropriate bubbles below the respective question
numbers in the OMR has to be darkened. For example,
if the correct answers to question numbers X, Y, Z and
(D) W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and 2, respectively, then the correct
darkening of bubbles will look like the following :
Car moving on ground at constant speed along a X Y Z W
circular banked track. 0 0 0 0
Column-II 1 1 1 1
(P) Force due to friction may have non zero x- 2 2 2 2
component. 3 3 3 3
(Q) Force due to friction may have non zero y- 4 4 4 4
component 5 5 5 5
(R) Force due to friction may have non zero z-
6 6 6 6
component
(S) Force due to friction may be zero. 7 7 7 7
(T) work done by friction on particle / car is non 8 8 8 8
zero. 9 9 9 9
14. Tuning fork 15. An elevator cab, whose total mass with its
passengers is 600 kg, ascends uniformly. The mass
of the counterweight is 300 kg. The mechanical
power of the motor is 10 kW and efficiency is 60%.
The speed of lift in m/sec is ....

1m 1.2 m
Motor
Pipe 1 Pipe 2
Both pipe (one closed & other open) resonate with
same frequency. These resonante are excited by one
tuning fork shown in middle. Velocity of sound in
both pipe is 360 m/s.
Match the following column 300 kg

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 57 APRIL 2011

16. A massive disc of radius R is moved with a constant
velocity u on an frictionless table. Another small
light disc collides with it elastically with a speed of
v0 = 0.3 m/s, the velocities of the discs are parallel.
The distance d shown in the figure is equal to R/2,
friction between the discs is negligible. For a certain
u(in m/s) the small disc move perpendicularly to its
x middle of the Milky Way galaxy that is 4 million
original motion after the collision ? Here u = .
10
Find x
A v0
m1
u d
R 5. Asteroids and comets are believed to be ancient
17. A large tank is filled with water (density = 103kg/m3). A
small hole is made at a depth 10 m below water
surface. The range of water issuing out of the hole is
R on ground. What extra pressure (in atm) must be
applied on the water surface so that the range
becomes 2R :
(take 1 atm = 105 Pa and g = 10 m/s2)
10m
R
18. A small plate of a metal (work function = 1.17 eV) is
placed at a distance of 2 m from a monochromatic
light source of wavelength 4800 Å and power 1.0
watt. The light falls normally on the plate. If a
constant magnetic field of strength 104 tesla is
applied parallel to metal surface. Find the radius of
the largest circular path followed by the emitted
photo electrons. The answer in cm. (approximately)
19. A freely moving piston divide a vertical cylinder
closed at both ends, into two parts each containing 1
mole of air. In equilibrium at T = 300K, volume of
the upper part is 4 times greater than the lower part.
At temperature T Kelvin the ratio of these volume be
equal to 2. Value of T is .....× 150 Kelvin.
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
Space Quick Facts
1. The Sun looks 1600 times fainter from Pluto than
it does from the Earth.
2. There is a supermassive black hole right in the
times the mass of the Sun.
3. Halley’s Comet appears about every 76 years.
4. The orbits of most asteroids lie partially between
the orbits of Mars and Jupiter.
remnants of the formation of our Solar System
(More than 4 billion years ago!).
6. Comets are bodies of ice, rock and organic
compounds that can be several miles in diameter.
7. The most dangerous asteroids, those capable of
causing major regional or global disasters, usually
impact the Earth only once every 100,000 years
on average.
8. Some large asteroids even have their own moon.
9. Near-Earth asteriods have orbits that cross the
Earth’s orbit. These could potentially impact the
Earth.
10. There are over 20 million observable meteors per
day.
11. Only one or two meteorites per day reach the
surface of Earth.
12. The largest found meteorite was found in Hoba,
Namibia. It weighed 60 tons.
13. The typical size of a meteor is about one cubic
centimeter, which is equivalent to the size of a
sugar cube.
14. Each day, Earth accumulate 10 to 100 tons of
material.
15. There are over 100 billion galaxies in the
universe.
16. The largest galaxies contain nearly 400 billion
stars.
17. The risk of a falling meteorite striking a human
occurs once every 9,300 years.
18. A piece of a neutron star the size of a pin point
would way 1 million tons.
19. Europa, Jupiter’s moon, is completely covered in
ice.
20. Light reflecting off the moon takes 1.2822
seconds to reach Earth.
58 APRIL 2011
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 59 APRIL 2011
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 60 APRIL 2011
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 61 APRIL 2011
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 62 APRIL 2011
 MOCK TEST - AIEEE
SYLLABUS : Physics : Full syllabus Chemistry : Full syllabus Mathematics : Full syllabus

Time : 3 Hours Total Marks : 432

Instructions :
• Part A – Physics (144 Marks) – Questions No. 1 to 2 and 9 to 30 consist FOUR (4) marks each and Question No.
3 to 8 consist EIGHT (8) marks each for each correct response.
Part B – Chemistry (144 Marks) – Questions No. 31 to 39 and 46 to 60 consist FOUR (4) marks each and
Question No. 40 to 45 consist EIGHT (8) marks each for each correct response.
Part C – Mathematics (144 Marks) – Questions No.61 to 82 and 89 to 90 consist FOUR (4) marks each and
Question No. 83 to 88 consist EIGHT (8) marks each for each correct response
• For each incorrect response, 1/4 (one fourth) of the weightage marks allotted of the would be deducted.

g  3 −1 
PHYSICS (Part-A) (C)
2
(D) 
 2 
g
 
1. Suppose the daughter nucleus in a nuclear decay is 5. Two particles of equal mass have velocities
itself radioactive. If λd and λm denote the decay r r
v1 = 2iˆm / s and v2 = 2 ˆj m / s . First particle has an
constants of daughter and mother nuclei and Nd and r
Nm the number of daughter and mother nuclei present acceleration a1 = (3iˆ + 3 ˆj ) m / s 2 , while the
at a time, then the number of daughter nuclei acceleration of the other particle is zero. The centre
becomes constant when- of mass of the two particles moves in a
(A) λmNm = λdNd (B) λmNd = λdNm (A) circle (B) parabola
(C) Nm – Nd = λm – λd (D) Nm + Nd = λm + λd (C) straight line (D) ellipse
6. The distance of the centre of mass of the T-shaped
2. A radioactive material decays by simultaneous plate from O is-
emission of two particles with respective half- lives 8m
1620 and 810 years. The time (in years) after which O
one fourth of the material remains is - 2m
(A) 1080 (B) 2430 3m 3m
(C) 3240 (D) 4860
6m

3. Frequency order of γ-rays, X-rays and UV-rays are a,

b are c respectively. Which of the following is the
correct relation between a, b, and c ?
(A) a > b, b < c (B) a > b, b > c
(C) a < b, b > c (D) a = b = c (A) 7m (B) 2.7 m (C) 4 m (D) 1 m

4. Two blocks of equal mass are tied with a light string, 7. When a ceiling fan is switched off, its angular
which passes over a massless pulley as shown in velocity falls to half while it makes 36 rotations. How
figure. The magnitude of acceleration of centre of many more rotations will it make before coming to
mass of both the blocks is (neglect friction rest ?
everywhere) (A) 24 (B) 36 (C) 18 (D) 12
8. If electron, proton and He have same energy, then
their de-Broglie wavelength decreases in order-
(A) λe > λp > λHe (B) λHe > λp > λe
(C) λHe > λe > λp (D) λp > λe > λHe
9. The energy that should be added to an electron to
60° 30° reduce its de-Broglie wavelength from one nm to 0.5
nm is-
(A) four times the initial energy
 3 −1 
(a)  g
 4 2 
(B) ( 3 − 1)g (B) equal to the initial energy
(C) twice the initial energy
 
(D) thrice the initial energy

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 63 APRIL 2011

10. Bohr's quantum condition for the orbiting electron (i) vertically upwards
demands that the matter wave be a- (ii) horizontally
(A) progressive wave (B) stationary wave (iii) vertically downwards
(C) transverse wave (D) longitudinal wave  1   1 
(A) 0°, cos −1  , 90° (B) 90°, cos −1  , 0°
11. An annular ring with inner and outer radii R1 and R2  3  3
is rolling without slipping with a uniform angular  1   1 
speed. The ratio of the forces experienced by the two (C) cos −1  , 0°, 90° (D) cos −1  , 90°, 0°
situated on the inner and outer parts of the ring is-  3  3
R R R
(A) 2 (B) 1 (C) 1 (D) 1
R1 R4 R2 Statement based Question (Q.15)
Questions consist of Statement I and Statement II. Use
12. A pendulum was kept horizontal and released. Find the following Key to choose the appropriate answer.
the acceleration of the pendulum when it makes an (A) If both Statement I and Statement II are true,
angle θ with the vertical. but Statement II is not the correct explanation
of Statement I.
(B) If both Statement I and Statement II are true,
θ
and Statement II is the correct explanation of
l cos θ Statement I.
(C) If Statement I is true but Statement II is false.
(D) If Statement I is false but Statement II is true.

m 15. Statement I : The penetration power of β-particle is

g sin θ more than α-particle.
(A) g 1 + 3 cos 2 θ (B) g 1 + 3 sin 2 θ Statement II : The mass of β-particle is more than
mass of α-particle.
(C) g sin θ (D) 2g cos θ
16. Match the column :
13. A point mass m is suspended from a light thread of A nucleus with atomic number Z and mass number
length l, fixed at O, is whirled in a horizontal circle at A undergoes a radioactive decay process. Match the
constant speed as shown. From your point of view, statement of two columns:
stationary with respect to the mass, the forces on the
mass are- Column-I Column-II
O (a) Z and A remains unchanged (p) Process is
l β–decay
+
(b) Z increases but A unchanged (q) β decay
m (c) Z decreases but A unchanged (r) γ decay
(d) Both Z and A decreases (s) α-decay
T T
(A) a→ r ; b → p ; c → q ; d → s
(B) a→ p ; b→ r ; c → q ; d → s
(A) F (B) (C) a→ s ; b→ p ; c → r ; d → q
(D) a→ q ; b→ p ; c → r ; d → s
W W 17. Two spheres of equal masses are attached to a string of
T T length 2m as shown in figure. The string and the spheres
are then whirled in a horizontal circle about O at a
(C) F' (D) F F' constant rate. What is the value of the
 Tension in the string between P and Q 
ratio   ?
W W  Tension in the string between P and O 
14. A simple pendulum is vibrating with an angular
amplitude of 90° as shown in the adjoining figure.
O 1m P Q
For what value of α, is the acceleration directed ? 1m
B' O B

α 1 2 3
C (A) (B) (C) (D) 2
A 2 3 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 64 APRIL 2011

18. A stone of mass 1 kg is tied to the end of 1 m long
r
string and is whirled in a verticle circle. The velocity B
of stone at the bottom of the circle is just sufficient to N
take it to the top of the circle without slackening the
string. What is the tension in the string at the top of v
the circle? (Take g = 10 ms–2)
(A) zero (B) 1 N Q
M
(C) 10 N (C) 10 N (A) zero
(B) BvπR2/2 and M is at higher potential
19. An inductor of 10 mH and a capacitor of 16µF are (C) πrBv and Q is at higher potential
connected in the circuit as shown in figure. The (D) 2RBv and Q is at higher potential
frequency of the power supply is equal to the
resonant frequency of the circuit. Which ammeter 23. A proton as shown in fig is projected in a direction
will read zero ampere ? perpendicular to a uniform magnetic field B with
10mH A1 velocity v. How will its motion be affected ?

16µF A2
v
B
A3
~ (A) There will be no effect on its motion
(B) Its velocity will go on increasing in magnitude
E = E0 sin ωt but the direction will remain unchanged
(A) A1 (B) A2 (C) The proton will move in a circle but its speed
(C) A3 (D) None of the above will not change
(D) The proton will follow the path of a parabola and
20. In the circuit shown in figure, the voltage in L and in its speed will increase
C are
L 24. Two very long straight, parallel wires carry steady
C
currents I and –I respectively. The distance between
the wires is d. At a certain instant of time, a point
charge q is at a point equidistant from the two wires,
r
in the plane of the wires. Its instantaneous velocity v
~ is perpendicular to this plane. The magnitude of the
(A) in phase force due to the magnetic field acting on the charge at
(B) out of phase by 90° this instant is
(C) out of phase by 180° µ Iqv µ Iqv
(D) in a phase difference which depends upon the (A) 0 (B) 0
values of L and C 2πd πd
2µ 0 Iqv
21. What is the average and rms value of voltage for (C) (D) zero
πd
square wave having peak value V0
+ 25. B along the axis of a solenoid is given by
V0
V 0 t B B
T T 3 2T
V0 T
2 2 (A) (B)
–

(A) V0, V0 (B) V0/2, V0

(C) V0, V0/2 (D) zero, V0/2 B B
22. A thin semi-circular conducting ring of radius R is (C) (D)
falling with its plane vertical in a horizontal magnetic
r
induction B . At the position MNQ the speed of the
ring is v, and the potential difference developed
across the ring is

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 65 APRIL 2011

26. Two bar magnets of the same length and breadth but 29. Equivalent resistance of the given between points A
having magnetic moments M and 2M are joined and B is
together pole for pole and suspended by a string. The 60Ω 120Ω
time of oscillation of this assembly in a magnetic A
field of strength H is 3 sec. If now the polarity of one
of the magnets is changed and the combination is 10Ω 120Ω 60Ω
again made to oscillate in the same field, the time of 30Ω
oscillation is B
(A) 3 sec (B) 3 3 sec (A) 45Ω (B) 82.5Ω
(C) 18Ω (D) 30Ω
(C) 3 sec (D) 6 sec
27. three identical bar magnets each of magnetic moment 30. In the circuit shown in fig.(A), R3 is a variable
M, are placed in the form of an equilateral triangle resistance. As the value R3 is changed current I
with the north pole of one touching the south pole of through the cell varies as shown in fig.(B).
other. The net magnetic moments of the system is Obviously, the variation is asymptotic, i.e. I → 6A as
R3 →∞. Resistances R1 and R2 are respectively.
N S I(A)
R3 9 →R3(Ω)

R2 6
S N
N S R1 R2 3
1 1
3M O →R3(Ω)
(A) 3M (B)
2 36V
(C) 3M (D) zero fig.(A) fig.(B)
(A) 4Ω, 2Ω (B) 2Ω, 4Ω
28. A capacitor with capacitance C1 = C is charged to a
(C) 2Ω, 2Ω (D) 1Ω, 4Ω
potential difference V using a battery. The battery is
then removed and this capacitor is connected, as
shown in fig, to another uncharged capacitor of
capacitance C2 = C. Switch S is now closed and
CHEMISTRY (Part-B)
charge redistributes till the capacitors have the same 31. Which one of the following solution of sulphuric acid
potential difference. Let us assume that we have will exactly neutralise 25 mL of 0.2 M NaOH
connected the two capacitors with super conducting solution ?
wires. Obviously, it implies that resistance of (A) 12.5 mL of 0.1 M solution
connecting wires is zero. (B) 25 mL of 0.2 M solution
Which of the following is correct ? (C) 25 mL of 0.1 M solution
(A) Loss of stored energy as charge redistributes (D) 50 mL of 0.2 M solution
1 32. The mole fraction of solute in 1 molal aqueous
between the capacitors is CV 2 and it appears
4 solution is -
as heat in the connecting wires. (A) 0.0176 (B) 1.8
(B) Loss of stored energy as charge redistributes (C) 0.05 (D) 0.98
1 33. The number of moles of KMnO4 required to react
between the capacitors is CV 2 and it is completely with two moles of ferrous oxalate in
4
radiated away in the form of electromagnetic acidic medium is -
waves. (A) 0.6 mol (B) 1.2 mol
(C) There is no loss of stored energy as charge (C) 1.67 mol (D) 0.8 mol
redistributes between the capacitors because 34. At relatively high pressure, van der Waal's equation
energy dissipated in the connecting wires as heat reduces to -
will be zero, obviously, in the light of zero (A) PV = RT (B) PV = RT – a/V
resistance of connecting wires. (C) PV = RT + Pb (D) PV = RT – a/V2
1
(D) Loss of stored energy is CV 2 and it appears as 35. A temperature at which r.m.s. speed of SO2 molecules is
2 half of that of helium molecules at 300 K
increased kinetic energy of electrons in the (A) 1200 K (B) 600 K
connecting wires (C) 800 K (D) 900 K

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 66 APRIL 2011

36. In the plot given below I, II and III are isobars at 1
pressure P1, P2 and P3 respectively. Pick up the (A) (y – x) (B) y – 2x
2
correct relation (C) x – y (D) 2(x – y)

III 43. For hypothetical reversible reaction :

V II 1 3
(dm3) A 2 (g ) + B 2 (g ) AB3(g)
I 2 2
the values of ∆H = – 20kJ while the values of
standard entropies of A2, B2, AB3 are 60, 40,
50 JK–1 mol–1 respectively. The temperature at which
T(K)
the above reaction attains equilibrium will
(A) P1 = P2 = P3 (B) P1 < P2 < P3 approximately, be
(C) P1 > P2 > P3 (D) unpredictable (A) 400 K (B) 500 K (C) 250 K (D) 200 K
37. A solid X+Y– has a bcc structure. If the distance of 44. A gas expands against the external pressure of
closest approach between the two atoms is 173 pm, 1 atm from 0.5 L to 1 litre after absorbing 100 J of
the edge length of the cell is - heat. The value of ∆U of the process is approximately -
3 (A) 49.35 J (B) – 49.35 J
(A) 200 pm (B) pm
2 (C) 150.65 J (D) – 150.65 J
(C) 142.2 pm (D) 2 pm 45. For the reaction N2O4 2NO2; ∆H = + 15 kJ.
The extent of the reaction can be increased by
38. A element (atomic mass = 100 g/mol) having bcc (A) Increasing the pressure
structure has unit cell edge 400 pm. The density of (B) Increasing the temperature
the element is - (C) Using a catalyst
(A) 10.421 g cm–3 (B) 5.191 g cm–3 (D) By introducing inert gas at constant volume
–3
(C) 7.289 g cm (D) 2.141 g cm–3 46. One mole of N2O4 is enclosed in a 5 L container. At
equilibrium, the container has 0.5 mole of N2O4. The
39. Which of the following sets of quantum numbers is equilibrium constant for the decomposition of N2O4
correct ? [N2O4(g) 2NO2(g)] is
1 (A) 1 (B) 2/5 (C) 3 (D) 1/5
(A) n = 4, l = 3, m = +4, s = +
2
1 47. The dissociation constant of acetic acid is 1.8 × 10–5.
(B) n = 3, l = 2, m = +3, s = – The hydrolysis constant for 0.1 M sodium acetate is -
2
(A) 1.8 × 10–19 (B) 5.56 × 10–10
1 (C) 1.8 × 10 –5
(D) 1.8 × 109
(C) n = 2, l = 2, m = +2, s = +
2
1 48. Which of the following statements is not correct ?
(D) n = 1, l = 0, m = 0, s = – (A) Molecularity of a reaction cannot be fractional
2
(B) Molecularity of a reaction cannot be more than 4
40. The orbital diagram in which both Pauli's exclusion (C) Molecularity of a reaction can be obtained from
principle and Hund's rule are violated is - balanced chemical equation
2s 2p (D) Molecularity of a reaction may or may not be
(A) ↑↓ ↑↑ ↑ equal to the order of the reaction

(B) ↑↓ ↑↓ ↑↓ 49. At 100ºC, the gaseous reaction A → 2B + C is

found to be of first order. Starting with pure A, if at
(C) ↑↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ the end of 10 min, the total pressure of the system
176 mm and after a along time is 270 mm, the partial
(D) ↑↓ ↑↓ ↑↓ ↑ pressure of A at the end of 10 min is -
(A) 94 mm (B) 43 mm
41. The wavelength associated with a golf ball weighing (C) 47 mm (D) 176 mm
200 g and moving at a speed of 5 m/h is of the order
50. The value of pº for benzene at certain temperature is 640
(A) 10–10 m (B) 10–20m
–30 mm of Hg. The vapour pressure of solution containing
(C) 10 m (D) 10–40 m
2.5 g at certain substance in 39.0 g of benzene is 600
42. N2(g) + 2O2(g) → 2NO2(g) + x kJ mm of Hg. The molecular mass of A is
(A) 65.25 (B) 130
2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2NO2(g) + y kJ
(C) 40 (D) 80
The value of ∆Hf of NO(g) is

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 67 APRIL 2011

51. In the diagram given below the value of X is 58. The molar solubility of PbI2 in 0.2 M Pb(NO3)2
+ 0.15V + 0.15V solution in terms of solubility product, Ksp of PbI2 is
Cu+2 Cu+ Cu
(A) (Ksp /0.2)1/2 (B) (Ksp/0.4)1/2
1.3
(C) (Ksp/0.8) (D) (Ksp/0.8)1/2
Eº = X volt
(A) 0.325 V (B) 0.65 V 59. Two elements A and B form compounds having
(C) – 0.35 V (D) – 0.65 V molecular fomulae AB2 and AB4. When dissovled in
20.0 g of Benzene, 1.00 g of AB2 lowers f.p. by 2.3ºC
52. The conductivity of 0.01 mol/dm3 aqueous acetic whereas 1.00 g of AB4 lowers f.p. by 1.3ºC. The
acid at 300 K is 19.5 × 10–5 ohm–1 cm–1 and the molar molal depression constant for benzene is 5.1. The
conductivity at infinite dilution of acetic acid at the atomic masses of A and B are respectively -
same temperature is 390 ohm–1 cm2 mol–1. The (A) unpredictable (B) 42.6, 25.5
degree of dissociation of acetic acid is - (C) 30, 60 (D) 25.5, 42.6
(A) 0.5 (B) 0.05
60. The emf of the cell,
(C) 5 × 10–3 (D) 5 × 10–7
Zn/Zn+2 (0.01 M) | | Fe+2 (0.001 M)/Fe
at 298 K is 0.2905, then value of Keq for the reaction
53. Pick out the false statement :
is -
(A) Colloidal sols are homogeneous
0.32 0.32
(B) Colloid carry + ve or – ve charge
(C) Colloid show Tyndall effect (A) e .295
0 (B) 10 .0295
0

0.26 0.32
(D) The size range of colloidal particles is
10 – 1000Å. (C) 10 .0295
0 (D) 10 .0591
0

54. Which of the following statements is not correct ?

(A) Physical adsorption is an exothermic process but
its heat of adsorption is quite low
MATHEMATICS (Part-C)
(B) Chemisorption is exothermic and its heat of
adsorption is high enough  i − i  1 − 1 8
61. If A =   and B =   . Then A
(C) Chemisorption involves bond formation  − i i   − 1 1 
(D) Chemisorption results multilayer on adsorbent equals
surface under high pressure (A) 4B (B) 128B
(C) –128 B (D) –64B
55. XY2 dissociates as
XY2(g) XY(g) + Y(g) 62. If in a triangle ABC,
r r
When the initial pressure of XY2 is 600 mm Hg, the c f 2c r r
total equilibrium pressure is 800 mm Hg. Calculate K BC = r – r and AC = r where | f | ≠ | c |
|c | | f | |c |
for the reaction assuming that the volume of the
system remains unchanged. then the value of cos 2A + cos 2B + cos 2C must
(A) 50 (B) 100 (C) 166.6 (D) 400.0 be
3
(A) –1 (B) 0 (C) 2 (D) –
56. Which of the following mixtures of solutions can 2
function as a buffer solution ? 63. Solution of differential equation
(A) 50 ml of 0.2 M NH3 + 50 ml of 0.1 M HCl dy
(B) 50 ml of 0.2 M NH3 + 50 ml of 0.2 M HCl x3. + 4x2tan y = ex. sec y, where y(1) = 0 is
dx
(C) 50 ml of 0.2 M HCl + 50 ml of 0.2 M NaOH (A) sin y = ex (x–1) x–4
(D) 50 ml of 0.1 CH3COOH + 50 ml of 0.1 M NaOH (B) sin y = ex (x –1) x–3
57. Which of the following solutions will have pH close (C) tan y = ex (x –1) x–3
to 2.0 ? (D) tan y = ex (x –2) log x
M M 64. If a, b, c are in H.P. then the straight line
(A) 50 ml of HCl + 50 ml of NaOH
10 10 x y 1
M M + + = 0 always passes through a fixed
(B) 55 ml of HCl + 45 ml of NaOH a b c
10 10 point, that point is-
M M (A) (–1, –2) (B) (–1, 2)
(C) 10 ml of HCl + 40 ml of NaOH
10 10  1
M M (C) (1, –2) (D) 1, − 
(D) 75 ml of HCl + 25 ml of NaOH  2
5 5

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 68 APRIL 2011

65. If the variable takes values 0, 1, 2, 3, …..n with ln ( x 2 + e x )
frequencies proportional to nC0, nC1, nC2,…….nCn 74. Let f (x) = . If lim f (x) = l and
respectively, the variance is ln ( x 4 + e 2 x ) x →∞

n n lim f (x) = m then

(A) (B) x → −∞
4 3
(A) l = m (B) l = 2m
2n
(C) (D) None of these (C) 2l = m (D) l + m = 0
5
66. Between any two real roots of the equation 75. If p : Ajay is tall
ex sin x = 1, the equation ex cos x = –1 has q : Ajay is intelligent
(A) atleast one root (B) exactly one root Then the symbolic statement ~p ∨ q means
(C) at most one root (D) No root (A) Ajay is not tall or he is intelligent
(B) Ajay is tall or he is intelligent
67. Let f ′(x) > 0 and g′(x) < 0 for all x ∈ R. Then, (C) Ajay is not tall and he is intelligent
(A) f [g(x)] > f [g(x +1)] (D) None of these
(B) f [g (x)] > f [g(x –1)]
(C) g [f (x)] > g [f (x +1)] 76. Mean of 100 observations is 45. It was later found
(D) g [f (x)] > g [f (x –1)] that the two observations 19 and 31 were
π incorrectly recorded as 91 and 13. The correct
68. f (x) = 1 + [cos x] x, in 0 ≤ x ≤ mean is-
2
(A) 44 (B) 45 (C) 44.45 (D) 44.46
(A) has a minimum value 0
(B) has a maximum value 2
77. The circle x2 + y2 – 4x – 8y + 16 = 0 rolls up the
 π
(C) is continuous in 0,  tangent to it at (2 + 3 , 3) by 2 units, assuming
 2 the x-axis as horizontal, the equation of the circle
π in the new position is
(D) is not differentiable at x =
2 (A) x2 + y2 –6x –2(4 + 3 ) y + 24 + 8 3 = 0
69. The length of the perpendicular from the origin to (B) x2 + y2 + 6x –2(4 + 3 )y + 24 + 8 3 = 0
the tangent to the curve y = e4x + 2 drawn at the
point x = 0, is (C) x2 + y2 – 6x +2(4 + 3 )y + 24 + 8 3 = 0
4 3 (D) None of these
(A) (B)
17 17 78. Tangents are drawn from a point P to the parabola
y2 = 8x such that the slope of one tangent is twice
2
(C) (D) None of these the slope of other. The locus of P is
17 (A) a circle (B) a straight line
(C) a parabola (D) an ellipse
70. Two AP's have same common difference. The
difference between their 20th terms is 20. The 79. A tangent is drawn at the point (3 3 cos θ, sin θ),
difference between their 2010th term is π x2 y2
(A) 20 (B) 2010 0<θ< of an ellipse + = 1, the least
(C) 40 (D) Nothing can be said 4 27 1
value of the sum of the intercept on the co-
71. A plane π makes intercepts 3 and 4 respectively ordinate axis by this tangent is attained at θ =
on z- axis and x-axis. If π is parallel to y-axis, (A) π/6 (B) π/3 (C) π/8 (D) π/4
then its equation is
80. The coefficient of x3y4z in the expansion of
(A) 3x + 4z = 12 (B) 3z + 4x = 12
(1 + x + y – z)9 is
(C) 3y + 4z = 12 (D) 3z + 4y = 12
(A) 2. 9C7. 7C4 (B) –2. 9C2. 7C3
9 7
x 3 6 2 x 7 4 5 x (C) C7. C4 (D) None of these
72. If 3 6 x = x 7 2 = 5 x 4 = 0. 81. From each of the four married couples, one of the
partners is selected at random. The probability
6 x 3 7 2 x x 4 5 that those selected are of the same sex is
Then x is equal to (A) 1/2 (B) 1/4 (C) 1/8 (D) 1/16
(A) 3 (B) 6 (C) –4 (D) –9
( x 2 − 1) dx
73. Domain of the function f(x) =
1
is
82. If ∫  x2 + 1
ln cot −1 x ( x 4 + 3 x 2 + 1) tan −1  

(A) (cot 1, ∞) (B) R –{cot 1}  x 
(C) (–∞, 0) ∪ (0, cot 1) (D) (–∞, cot 1) = log [tan–1 f (x)] + c, then

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 69 APRIL 2011

 x2 +1 88. Statement- I : In a polygon no three diagonals
(A) f (x) = x2 + 1 (B) f (x) = are concurrent. If the total number of points of
2x
intersection of diagonals interior to the polygon
x2 +1 x2 +1 be 70 then the number of diagonals of the
(C) f (x) = (D) f (x) =
2 x polygon, is 8.
Statement-II: The number of diagonal in a
83. Out of 880 boys in a school, 224 played cricket, n(n − 3)
240 played hockey and 336 played basket ball. Of polygon of n sides is .
2
the total 64 played both basket ball and hockey,
80 played cricket and basket ball and 40 played
Passage : (Q. No. 89 to 90)
cricket and hockey, 24 played all 3 games. The
number of boys who did not play any game, is  5π 5π 
If 1 + sin4x = cos23x when x ∈  – ,  , then
(A) 128 (B) 216 (C) 240 (D) 16  2 2

84. Area bounded by f (x) = min. {(2 – x), x(2 − x) } 89. The greatest positive solution is
and x- axis, is 5π
(A) 0 (B) π (C) 2π (D)
π π 1 2
(A) + 1 (B) +
2 4 2
90. Total number of solutions are
π 1 π (A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
(C) + (D) + 1
2 2 4
1 1

∫ ∫
2 2
85. If I1 = e − x . dx , I2 = e − x /2
. dx ,
0 0 GLOBAL WARMING IS REAL
1 1

∫ ∫
2
I3 = e − x . cos 2 x dx , I4 = e − x . cos 2 x dx
0 0
then max. {I1, I2, I3, I4} is
(A) I1 (B) I2
(C) I3 (D) I4

86. |z – i| = 1 and arg (z) = θ when θ ∈ (0, π/2), then

2
cot θ – =
z
(A) i (B) – i
(C) 0 (D) None of these

Statement based Question (Q.87 to 88)
The following question given below consist of
Statement I and Statement II. Use the
following Key to choose the appropriate
answer.
(A) If both Statement I and Statement II are
true, and Statement II is the correct
explanation of Statement I.
(B) If both Statement I and Statement II are
true, but Statement II is not the correct
explanation of Statement I.
(C) If Statement I is true but Statement II is false.
(D) If Statement I is false but Statement II is true.
87. Statement- I : The negantion of
~ (p ∧ r) ∨ q is (p ∧ r) ∧ ~ q where p, q, r are
three statements.
Statement-II : 2n is the formulae to calculate
number of rows in the truth table, where n is
number of statements.
The arctic ice is receding and global warming is no
longer a theory but a reality. Scientists predict that by
the year 2100, the average surface temperature will
jump up by 6 degrees Fahrenheit. Nighttime
temperatures will be higher and there will be hotter
days.
Since air temperature is a powerful component of
climate, there will be unavoidable climate changes in
the future. Some climate changes involve extreme
weather disturbances such as more severe hurricanes
and longer droughts. There will be an increased
precipitation of snow and rain during winter. The
faster melting of snow during the spring will result in
flooding. All these climate changes are predicted
based on the assumption that changes will be
relatively gradual.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 70 APRIL 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 71 APRIL 2011
 MOCK TEST – BIT-SAT
Time : 3 Hours Total Marks : 450

Instructions :
• This question paper contains 150 questions in Physics (40) Chemistry (40), Mathematics (45), Logical
Reasoning (10) & English (15). There is Negative Marking
• Each question has four option & out of them, ONLY ONE is the correct answer. There is – ve marking.
• +3 Marks for each correct & – 1 Mark for the incorrect answer.

PHYSICS
1. If the amplitude of a damped oscillator becomes half
in 2 minutes, the amplitude of oscillation w.r.t. initial
one after 6 minutes is
V V
1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D) (A) 2 ms–1 (B) 2000 ms–1
27 8 18 64
(C) 20 ms–1 (D) 200 ms–1
2. An infinite number of spring having force constants 7. A sound level I differ by 4 dB from another sound of
as k, 2k, 4k, 8k ..... ∞ and respectively are connected intensity 10 nW cm–2. The absolute value of intensity
in series; then equivalent spring constant is of sound level I in Wm–2 is
(A) k (B) 2k (C) k/2 (D) ∞ (A) 2.5 × 10–4 (B) 5.2 × 10–4
–2
(C) 2.5 × 10 (D) 5.2 × 10–2
3. A point particle of mass 0.1 kg is executing SHM of
amplitude 0.1 m when the particle passes through the 8. An ideal gas is taken through the cycle A → B → C
mean position. Its kinetic energy is 8 × 10–3 J. The → A as shown. If the net heat supplied to the gas in
equation of motion of this particle when the initial the cycle 5J, the work done by the gas in the process
phase of oscillation is 45º can be given by C→A
 π  π C
(A) 0.1 cos  4t +  (B) 0.1 sin  4t +  2 B
 4  4
 π π  V(m3)
(C) 0.4 sin  t +  (D) 0.2 sin  + 2t 
 4 2  1 A

4. A mass m is moving with constant velocity along a

line parallel to x-axis away from the origin. It angular P(N/m2) 10
momentum with respect to origin. (A) – 5 J (B) – 15 J (C) – 10 J (D) –20 J
(A) is zero (B) remains constant
9. There are n electrons of charge e on a drop of oil of
(C) goes on increasing (D) goes on decreasing
density ρ. It is in equilibrium in an electric field E.
5. A vessel containing oil (density = 0.8g/cm3) over Then radius of drop is
1/ 2 1/ 2
mercury (density = 13.6 g/cm3) has a homogeneous  2neE   neE 
sphere floating with half of its volume immersed in (A)   (B)  
mercury and other half in oil. The density of material  4πρg   ρg 
of sphere in g/cm3 is  3neE 
1/ 3
 2neE 
1/ 3

(A) 3.3 (B) 6.4 (C) 7.2 (D) 2.8 (C)   (D)  
 4πρg   πρg 
6. Two trains move towards each other with the same 10. Two identical cells of emf 1.5 V and internal
speed, speed of sound is 340 ms–1. If the pitch of the resistance 1 Ω are in series. A third cell of similar
tone of the whistle of one is heard on the other parameters is connected in parallel to the
changes by 9/8 times then the speed of each train is combination. The terminal voltage of the cells A, B,
C are

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 72 APRIL 2011

 1.5 V 1.5 V 15. A coil of inductance 8.4 mH and resistance 6 Ω is
connected to a 12 V battery. The current in the coil is
A 1Ω B 1Ω 1A at approximate time
(A) 500 s (B) 20 s (C) 35 ms (D) 1 ms
1.5 V 1Ω
16. A fish rising vertically up towards the surface with
C speed 3ms–1 observe a bird diving vertically down
(A) 1, 1, 2 (B) 1.5, 1.5, 1.5 towards it with speed 9 m/s. The actual velocity of
(C) 1.5, 0, 0 (D) 2, 1, 1 bird is
11. A wire has resistance of R ohm at T kelvin. At what
temperature the resistance of wire be 2R ohm when
temperature coefficient of resistance is α per degree y
centigrade.
(273 − T)α + 1 (273 − T)α − 1
(A) (B) y´
2α 2α
(273 − T)α − 1 (273 − T)2α + 1
(C) (D)
α α
12. Two cells each of same emf but of internal resistance (A) 4.5 ms–1 (B) 5.4 ms–1
r1 and r2 are joined to form a series circuit through an (C) 3.0 ms–1 (D) 3.4 ms–1
external resistance R. Value of R in term of r1 and r2
for which cell 1 has zero p.d. across it is 17. A concave lens of glass, refractive index 1.5 has both
surface of same radius of curvature R. on immersion in
R a medium of refractive index 1.75, it will behave as a
(A) convergent lens of focal length 3.5 R
E E (B) convergent lens of focal length 3R
(C) divergent lens of focal length 3.5 R
1 r r2 2
1 (D) divergent lens of focal length 3 R
(A) R = r1 – r2 (B) R = r1 + r2
rr r +r 18. I is the intensity due to source of light at any point P
(C) 1 2 = R (D) 1 2 = R on the screen if light reaches the point P via two
r1 + r2 r1r2 different paths (a) direct (b) after reflection from a
13. A current i flows in the network shown. Resulting plane mirror then path difference between two paths
mangnetic induction at point p is is 3λ/2, the intensity at P is
A F a (A) I (B) zero (C) 2I (D) 4I
P
a
19. The surface of some material is radiated, in turn, by
a a waves of λ = 3.4 × 10–7 m and λ = 5.4 × 10–7 m
2a respectively. The ratio of stopping potential in two
E D cases is 2 : 1, the work function is
a
a (A) 2.05 eV (B) 1.05 eV
(C) 3.05 eV (D) None
B 2a C 20. A X-ray tube has a working voltage of 40 × 103 V.
µ0i 2µ 0 i The continuous spectrum limit of the emitted x-rays is
(A) (B) – (A) 0.17 Å (B) 0.13 Å
4πa 8πa
(C) 0.13 Å (D) 0.31 Å
8 µ 0i 2 µ0i
(C) – (D)
2 πa 8 πa 21. The number of alpha and beta deca 88Ra222
experiences before turning into stable Pb206 isotope is
14. An alpha particle and a proton have same velocity (A) 4, 2 (B) 2, 4
when they enter a uniform magnetic field. The period
(C) 1, 3 (D) 6, 10
of rotation of proton will be
(A) double of that of α particle 22. The displacement of interfering light waves are
(B) four times that of α particle y1 = 4 sin ωt and y2 = 3 sin (ωt + π/2). The amplitude
(C) one half time that of α particle of resultant wave is
(D) same as that of α particle (A) 5 (B) 7 (C) 1 (D) 0

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 73 APRIL 2011

23. A beam of light of wavelength 600 nm from a 29 A particle leaves the origin at t = 0 and moves in the
distance source falls on a single slit 1 mm wide and +ve x axis direction. Velocity of the particle at any
resulting diffraction pattern is observed on a screen  t
2m away. Distance between first dark fringe on either instant is given by v = u 1 −  . If u = 10 m/s and
side of the central bright fringe.  t´ 
(A) 1.2 mm (B) 3.2 mm t´ = 5 sec. Find the x coordinate of the particle at an
instant of 10s.
(C) 2.4 mm (D) 4.2 mm
24. The intensity of light from one source is double of u
the other coherent source in a double slit experiment.
The ratio of destructive to constructive interference in
the obtained pattern is v
(A) 34 (B) 1/34 (C) 17 (D) 1/17
t´ = 5 sec
25. Two radioactive material of half life T are produced
t
at different instants. Their activities area found to be
A1 and A2 respectively when A2 < A1. Their age (A) 0 (B) 10 m (C) 20 m (D) –10 m
difference is
A A 30. An aero-plane drops a parachutist. After covering a
(A) 0.44 T log 2 (B) 1.44 T log 1 distance of 40 m, he opens the parachute and retards
A1 A2 at 2 ms–2. If he reaches the ground with a speed of
A2 A2 2ms–1, he remains in the air for about
(C) 4.44 T log (D) 5.44 T log
A1 A1

26. Three concentric conducting spherical shell x, y and z

have radii a, b and c respectively such that c > b > a,
their surface charge density are σ, –σ and σ
respectively. Then potential Vx is given by
C
b
(A) 16 s (B) 3 s (C) 13 s (D) 10 s
a
x 31. A tank moves uniformly along x-axis. It fires a shot
from origin at an angle of 30º with horizontal while
y moving along positive x-axis & the second shot is
z also fired similarly that the tank moved along
negative x-axis. If the respectively range of the shots
σ a2  σ
(A)  − b + c (B) [a – b + c] are 250 m and 200 m along x-axis, the velocity of the
ε 0  c  ε0 tank.
σ σ
(C) [a + b + c] (D) – [a + b – c]
ε0 ε0
30º
27. A certain physical quantity is calculated from the
π
formula (a2 – b2)h, where h, a and b are all lengths.
3
The quantity being calculated is
(A) velocity (B) length (A) 9.4 m/s (B) 4.9 m/s
(C) area (D) volume (C) 3.9 m/s (D) 5.9 m/s
28. The potential energy of a particle varies with distance
32. A large number of particles are moving with same
A x magnitude of velocity v but having random
x from a fixed origin as U = 2 , where A and B
x +B directions. The average relative velocity between any
are dimensional constant then dimensional formula two particles average over all the pairs is
for AB is π π 3 4
(A) v (B) v (C) v (D) v
(A) M L7/2 T–2 (B) M L11/2 T–2 4 2 π π
2 9/2 –2
(C) M L T (D) M L13/2 T–3

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 74 APRIL 2011

33. A body is moving with uniform speed v on an
horizontal circle from A as shown in the fig. Change
in the velocity in the first quarter revolution is
v1
(A) 0, 2.5 ms–2 (B) 0, 0
(C) 2.5 m/s2, 2.5 m/s2 (D) 1 m/s2, 2.5 m/s2
37. In the shown system m1 > m2. Thread QR is holding
the system. If this thread is cut, then just after cutting

A W E
O

S
2
(A) v north (B) 2 v south west
(C) 2 v north-west (D) 2v west m2
34. A hollow vertical drum of radius r and height H has a Q
small particle in contact with smooth inner surface of m1
R
the upper rim at point P. The particle is given a
horizontal speed u tangential to the rim. It leaves the
lower rim at Q vertically below P. Taking n as an (A) Acceleration of mass m1 is zero and that of m2 is
integer for number of revolution we get directed upward
P (B) Acceleration of mass m2 is zero and that of m2 is
u directed downward
(C) Acceleration of both the block will be same
(D) Acceleration of system is given by
H
 m1 − m 2 
  kg, when k is the spring factor
Q  m1 + m 2 

2π r 2π r 38. A car of mass M accelerates starting from rest.

(A) n = (B) 1/ 2
H 2H / g  2pt 
Velocity of the car is given by v =   , where p
2π r u  M 
(C) n = (D) n = 2H / g is the constant power supplied by the engine. The
u 2H / g 2πr
position of car as a function of time is given as
35. A balloon is descending at a constant acceleration a. 1/ 2 1/ 2
The mass of the balloon is M. When a mass m is  8p   9p 
(A)   t3/2 (B)   t3/2
released from the balloon is starts rising with  9M   8M 
acceleration a. Assuming that volume does not 1/ 2
 8p   9p  3
change when the mass is released, what is the value (C)   t2/3 (D)  t
of m.  9M   8M 
2a a+g 39. Six identical uniform rods PQ, QR, RS and ST, TV,
(A) M (B)  M
(a + g )  2a  UP each weighing w are freely joined at their ends to
2a Ma form a hexagon. The rod PQ is fixed in a horizontal
(C) (D) position and middle points of PQ and ST are
(a + g ) M a+g
connected by a vertical string. The tension in string is
36. Two blocks of masses 2 kg and 5 kg are at rest on P Q
ground. The masses are connected by a string passing
over a frictionless pulley which in under the U R
influence of a constant upward force F = 50 N. The
accelerations of 5 kg and 2 kg masses are T S
50 N (A) W (B) 3W
(C) 2W (D) 4W
40. A body of mass 2 kg is being dragged with a uniform
velocity of 2 ms–1 on a horizontal plane. The
coefficient of friction between the body and the
surface is 0.2. Work in 5 sec. is
2 kg 5 kg (A) 39.2 J (B) 9.32 J
(C) 23.9 J (D) 93.2 J

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 75 APRIL 2011

 10. In the diagram given below the value X is -
CHEMISTRY Cu 2+ + → Cu + +
0.15 V 0.50 V
→ Cu
1. 100 kg of iron ore (Fe2O3) containing 20% impurities E° = X Volt
on reduction with CO give iron equal to -
(A) 0.325 V (B) 0.65 V
(A) 112 kg (B) 80 kg
(C) – 0.35 V (D) – 0.65 V
(C) 100 kg (D) 56 kg
2. Given : The mass of electron is 9.11 × 10–31 kg, 11. For a first order reaction, A → B, t1/2 = 1 hr. What
Planck’s constant is 6.626 × 10–34 Js, the uncertainty fraction of the initial conc. of A reacts in 4 hrs ?
involved in the measurement of velocity within a 15 1 7 1
distance of 0.1 Å is - (A) (B) (C) (D)
16 16 8 8
(A) 5.79 × 107 ms–1 (B) 5.79 × 108 ms–1
(C) 5.79 × 105 ms–1 (D) 5.79 × 106 ms–1 12. An azeotropic solution of two liquids has boiling
point lower than that of either of them if it -
3. The van der Waal equation for 0.5 mol of real gas is -
(A) shows a –ve deviation from Raoult’s Law
 a  V−b (B) shows a +ve deviation from Raoult’s Law
(A)  P +    = RT
 4V 2   2  (C) shows no deviation from Raoult’s Law
 a  (D) is saturated
(B)  P +  (2V – b) = RT
 4V 2  13. In multi-molecular colloidal solution atoms or
 a  RT molecules are held together by -
(C)  P +  = (A) Hydrogen bonding
2 2( V – 2 b )
 4V  (B) Strong attraction forces
 a  2RT (C) Van der Waal’s forces
(D)  P + =
2
 4V  ( 2V − b) (D) Strong electrical forces

4. One mole of N2O4 is enclosed in a 5L container. At 14. Given : C + 2S → CS2 ; ∆H° = + 117 kJ
equilibrium, the container has 0.5 mol of N2O4. The C + O2 → CO2 ; ∆H° = –393 kJ
equilibrium constant for the decomposition of N2O4 S + O2 → SO2 ; ∆H° = – 297 kJ
[N2O4 (g) 2NO2(g)] is- The value of ∆Hcombustion of CS2 in kJ mol–1 is
2 1 (A) – 1104 (B) + 1104
(A) 1 (B) (C) 3 (D)
5 5 (C) + 807 (D) – 807

5. Which one is the strongest Bronsted Lowry base out 15. Aspirin is chemically -
of the following - (A) Methyl salicylate
(B) Ethyl salicylate
(A) ClO– (B) ClO −2 (C) ClO3− (D) ClO −4
(C) Acetyl salicylic acid
6. The pH of a solution obtained by mixing 50 mL of (D) o-hydroxy benzoic acid
0.4 M HCl with 50 ml of 0.2 N NaOH is -
(A) – log 2 (B) – log 2 × 10–1 16. Aniline when diazotized in cold and then treated with
dimethyl aniline gives a colored product. It’s
(C) 1.0 (D) 2.0
structure would be -
7. Oxidation number of sulphur in H2SO5 is- (A) (CH3)2N N=N
(A) +2 (B) + 4 (C) +8 (D) +6
(B) (CH3)2N NH
8. Equivalent mass of FeC2O4 in the reaction
FeC2O4 → Fe3+ + CO2 is - (C) CH3NH N=N NHCH3
(M.wt of FeC2O4 = M)
(A) M (B) M/2 (C) M/3 (D) 2M/3 (D) CH3 N=N NH2
9. The fraction of total volume occupied by the atoms in
a simple cube is - CH MgBr
17. Ethyl ester  
3

→ P. The product P will be -
π π Excess
(A) (B) 2 H3C CH3 H 3C C2H5
4 8
(A) (B)
π π
(C) 2 (D) H3C OH H5C2 OH
6 6

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 76 APRIL 2011

 C2H5 C2H5 H5C2 C2H5 24. Which one of the following conformation of
(C) (D) cyclohexane is chiral -
C2H5 OH H7C3 OH (A) Twist boat (B) Rigid
(C) Chair (D) Boat
18. When m-chlorobenzaldehyde is treated with 50% 25. The dipole moment is the highest for -
KOH solution, the product(s) obtained is - (A) Trans-2-butene (B) 1,3- dimethyl benzene
OH OH (C) Acetophenone (D) Ethanol
CH – CH
(A) 26. IUPAC name of the following compound -
OH O CH3
OH
– C N
COO CH2OH CH3
(B) +
(A) N, N-dimethylcyclo propanecarboxamide
OH OH (B) N-methylcyclopropanamide
COO– (C) Cyclopropanamide
CH2OH (D) None of the above
(C) +
Cl 27. When a mixture of solid NaCl, solid K2Cr2O7 is
Cl heated with conc. H2SO4 orange red vapours are
OH OH obtained of the compound –
CH – CH (A) Chromous Chloride (B) Chromyl Chloride
(D) (C) Chromic Chloride (D) Chromic sulphate
Cl Cl
28. Which of the following will give a pair of
enantiomorphs -
19. Phenol is less acidic than - (A) [Co(NH3)4Cl2] NO2 (B) [Cr(NH3)6] [Co(CN)6]
(A) Acetic acid (B) p-Nitrophenol (C) [Co(en)2Cl2]Cl (D) [Pt(NH3)4] [Pt Cl6]
(C) Both (A) & (B) (D) None of these
29. In following reaction
OH x
yMnO −4 + xH+ + C 2 O 24− → yMn++ + 2CO2 + H2O
20. + C2H5I  
→ ProductOC2 H 5 2
Anhy.C2H5OH x and y are
In the above reaction product is - (A) 2 and 16 (B) 16 and 2
(A) C6H5OC2H5 (B) C2H5OC2H5 (C) 8 and 16 (D) 5 and 2
(C) C6H5OC6H5 (D) C6H5I
30. A reduction in atomic size with increase in atomic
number is a characteristic of element of -
21. When acetylene is passed through dilute H2SO4
containing Hg2+ ions, the product formed is - (A) High atomic mass
(A) Acetone (B) Acetic acid (B) d-block
(C) Acetaldehyde (D) Formaldehyde (C) f – block
(D) Radioactive series
22. Among the following statements on the nitration of 31. Which statement is not correct for nitrogen –
aromatic compounds, the false one is - (A) It has a small size
(A) The rate of nitration of benzene is almost the same (B) It does not readily react with O2
as that of hexadeuterobenzene (C) It is a typical non-metal
(B) The rate of nitration of toluene is greater than that (D) d-orbitals available for bonding
of benzene
(C) The rate of nitration of benzene is greater than that 32. Which one of the following is not an amphoteric
of hexadeuterobenzene substance -
(D) Nitration is an electrophilic substitution reaction (A) HNO3 (B) HCO 3− (C) H2O (D) NH3
33. Which reaction cannot be used for the production of
23. Which one is electrophilic addition - halogen acid –
(A) CH3 – CH3 + Cl2 → C2H5Cl + HCl (A) 2KBr + H2SO4 → K2SO4 +2HBr
(B) CH3CH = O + HCN → (CH3)2C(OH)CN (B) NaHSO4 + NaCl → Na2SO4 + HCl
(C) (CH3)2C = O + HCN → (CH3)2C(OH)CN (C) NaCl + H2SO4 → NaHSO4 + HCl
(D) CH3 = CH2 + Br2 → CH2BrCH2Br (D) CaF2 + H2SO4 → CaSO4 + 2HF

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 77 APRIL 2011

34. B(OH)3 + NaOH NaBO2 + Na[B (OH)4] + H2O 3. The smallest positive valve of x satisfying the
How can this reaction is made to proceed in forward equation log2 cos x + log2 (1 – tan x ) + log2(1 + tan x)
direction - – log2sin x = 1 is -
(A) Addition of cis 1, 2-diol (A) π/8 (B) π/6 (C) π/4 (D) π/6
(B) Addition of borax
4. A pole stands at a point A on the boundary of a
(C) Addition of trans 1, 2-diol
circular park of radius r and subtends an angle α at
(D) Addition of Na2HPO4
another point B on boundary. If arc AB subtends an
35. Sodium thiosulphate is prepared by - angle α at the centre of the path, the height of the
(A) Reducing Na2SO4 solution with H2S pole is -
(B) Boiling Na2SO3 solution with S in alkaline (A) r sin α/2 tan α (B) 2r sin α/2 tan α
medium (C) 2r sin α/2 cot α (D) None of these
(C) Neutralising H2S2O3 solution with NaOH
(D) Boiling Na2SO3 solution with S in acidic medium 5. The base of a triangle lies along the line x = a and is
of length 2a. The area of the triangle is a2. If the third
36. The critical temperature of water is higher than that vertex lies on the line -
of O2 because H2O molecule has - (A) x = 0 (B) x = – a
(A) Fewer electrons than oxygen (C) x = 2a, or x = 0 (D) x = 0 or x = – 2a
(B) Two covalent bond
(C) V-shape 6. If y = mx bisects an angle between the lines
(D) Dipole moment m2 – 1
ax2 – 2hxy + by2 = 0 then =
37. Zone refining is a technique used primarily for which m
one of the following process - b–a b–b a+b
(A) (B) (C) (D) None
(A) Alloying (B) Tempring h h h
(C) Sintering (D) Purification
7. If the circle x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 passes through
38. Which one of the following elements has the highest all the four quadrant then -
ionization energy – (A) g = – b (B) C > 0 (C) C < 0 (D) None
(A) [Ne] 3s2 3p1 (B) [Ne] 3s2 3p2
8. The equation of the circle which has two normals (x–
(C) [Ne] 3s2 3p3 (D) [Ar] 3d10 4s2 4p2 1) (y – 2) = 0 and a tangent 3x + 4y = 6 is
39. The correct order of dipole moment is - (A) x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y + 4 = 0
(A) CH4 < NF3 < NH3 < H2O (B) x2 + y2 + 2x – 4y + 5 = 0
(B) NF3 < CH4 < NH3 < H2O (C) x2 + y2 = 5
(C) NH3 < NF3 < CH4 < H2O (D) (x –3)2 + (y – 4)2 = 5
(D) H2O < NH3 < NF3 < CH4 9. Circles drawn on the diameter as focal distance of
any point lying on the parabola x2 – 4x + 6y + 10 = 0
40. If Nx is the number of bonding orbitals of an atom
will touch a fixed line whose equation is
and Ny is the no. of the antibonding orbitals, then the
molecule/atom will be stable if - (A) y = 2 (B) y = –1
(A) Nx > Ny (B) Nx = Ny (C) x + y = 2 (D) x – y = 2
(C) Nx < Ny (D) Nx ≤ Ny 10. The foci of a hyperbola coincide with the foci of the
x2 y2
ellipse + = 1. If eccentricity of the
MATHEMATICS 25 9
hyperbola is 2, then its equation is
(A) x2 – 3y2 – 12 = 0 (B) 3x2 – y2 – 12 = 0
1. Consider the sequence (angles are measured in
radians) sin log102 , sin log103 , sin log104 ….then - (C) x2 – y2 – 4 = 0 (D) None of these
(A) all the terms of this sequence are positive → →
(B) all the terms of this sequence are negative 11. α and β are two mutually perpendicular unit vector
(C) 1001th term is negative → → → → → → → → →
a α + a β + c( α × β ), α + ( α × β ) and c α + c β
(D) 10001th term is negative
→ →
2. The order relation between x, sin–1 x & tan–1x + b ( α × β ) are coplaner then c is
x ∈(0 ,1) is - (A) A.M. of a & b (B) G.M. of a & b
(A) tan–1x < x < sin–1x (B) sin–1x < tan–1x < x (C) H.M. of a & b (D) None of these
(C) x < sin–1x < tan–1x (D) None

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 78 APRIL 2011

12. The point of contact of the spheres 1 1
22. Let f (x) = , g(x) = on [a, b], 0 < a < b. Let
x2 + y2 + z2 + 2x – 4y – 4z – 7 = 0 x 2
x
x2 + y2 + z2 + 2x – 4y – 16z + 65 = 0 f (b) − f (a) f ´(c)
(A) (1, 2, 6) (B) (1, 2, –6) = for same a < c < b then c is
g (b) − g (a) g´(c)
(C) (1, –2, 6) (D) (–1, 2, 6)
(A) A.M. of a & b (B) G. M. of a & b
(C) H.M. of a & b (D) None of these
13. If f (x) = 3 – 4{x2 – 4x + 8}–1 then range of f (x) is
(A) (–∞, 1) ∪ (3, ∞) (B) (2, 3)
(C) [2, 3] (D) None of these 23. ∫ 1 + cos 2 x . sin 2x cos 2x dx =

2
14. If x > 0 and g is a bounded function then (A) (1 + cos2x)3/2(3 – 2cos2x)2 + c
5
f ( x)e nx + g ( x)
lim is 2
n →∞ e nx + 1 (B) (1 + cos2x)3/2(3 – 2 cos2x) + c
5
(A) 0 (B) f (x) (C) g(x) (D) None
2
(C) (1 + cos2x)3/2(3 + 2 cos2x) + c
15. If a1 = 1 and an = n(1 + an–1) ∀ n ≥ 2 than 5
  (D) None of these
 1  1 1 
lim 1 + 1 + ...1 +  =
n→∞ a a a
 1  2   n 
 x2 x4 
(A) 1 (B) e (C) 1/e (D) None 24. ∫ 1 −


2
+ .... dx =
4 

16. Let f (x) = |2 sgn 2x| + 2 then f (x) has (A) sin x (B) – sin x (C) cos x (D) None
(A) removable discontinuity
(B) infinte discontinuity x
(C) No discontinuity
25. lim
∫ π/2
(2 −cos t − 1)dt
=
(D) essential discontinuity π x2
∫
x→
2 ( t − π / 2)dt
π2 / 4
π 
17. If f (x) = cos  [ x ] − x 3  , 1 < x < 2 and [.] = G.I.F. log e 2 ln 2 2ln2
 2  (A) (B) (C) (D) None
π 2π π
 π
then f ´  3  is
 2
  2 / n2 4 / n2 6 / n2
 1   22   32 
(A) 0 (B) 3(π/2)2/3 26. lim 1 + 2  1 +  1 + 
n→∞  n   n2   n2 
(C) –3(π/2) 2/3
(D) None of these    
2n / n2
x  n2 
18. If ye = cos x then, y4/ y = .... 1 + 2 
 =
(A) – 1 (B) 2  n 
(C) – 4 (D) None (A) 4/e (B) 3/e
19. Let f & g be differentiable function satisfying g´(a) = 2, (C) 2/e (D) None
g(a) = b and fog = I (Identity function), then f ´(b) is | x|
27. The area bounded by the curves y = 2x2 & y =
equal to x
(A) 1/2 (B) 2 (C) 2/3 (D) None and x = 0 is equal to

20. Tangents are drawn from origin to the curve y = sin x 2 2 2 2

(A) (B) (C) (D) None
points of contact lie on the curve 3 6 6
(A) x2 + y2 = x2y2 (B) x2 – y2 = xy 28. Order and degree of the differential equation
2 2 2 2
(C) x – y = x y (D) None of these
y" = (y´+ 3)1/3 are respectively
21. Two positive numbers whose sum is 16 and sum of (A) 2, 2 (B) 2, 3 (C) 3, 2 (D) None
whose cubes is maximum are given by
(A) 8, 8 (B) no such number exist 29. If x18 = y21 = z28 then 3, 3 logyx, 3 logz y, 7 logxz are in
(C) 0, 16 (D) None of these
(A) A.P. (B) G.P. (C) H.P. (D) None

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 79 APRIL 2011

30. If log2x + log2y ≥ 6 then least possible value of x + y 40. If f(x) is a polynomial satisfying
is 1
(A) 32 (B) 16 (C) 8 (D) None f ( x) f   − f ( x)
1 x
f(x) = and f (2) = 17
31. No. of real roots of the equation 2 1
1 f 
x3 + x2 + 10x + sin x = 0 is x
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) ∞ then the value of f (5) is
32. The roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, a ∈ R+ are (A) 624 (B) –124 (C) 626 (D) 126
two consecutive odd positive integers then
(A) |b| ≤ 4a (B) |b| ≥ 4a 1 x 
41. If A =   is idempotent then x =
(C) |b| ≥ 2a (D) None of these 0 2 
(A) 0 (B) 2
33. The sum of the terms of an infinitely decreasing G.P.
(C) no such x exist (D) None of these
is equal to the greatest value of the function
f (x) = x3 + 3x – 9 on the interval [–2, 3] and the
difference between the first two terms is f ´(0) then 42. Let R be a relation on the set of integers given by
a R b if a = 2k b for some integer k then R is
sum of first terms is
(A) 19 or – 37 (B) 19 (A) an equivalence relation
(B) reflexive and symmetric but not transitive
(C) –37 (D) None of these
(C) reflexive and transitive but not symmetric
34. If the complex number z1 = a + i, z2 = 1 + ib, z3 = 0 (D) symmetric and transitive but not reflxive
form an equilateral triangle (a, b are real number
between 0 & 1) then : b+c c+a a+b
43. Minimum value of + + , (for real
(A) a = 3 – 1, b = 3/2 a b c
+ve numbers a, b, c) is
(B) a = 2 – 3 , b = 2− 3 (A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) 6
1 3
(C) a = ,b= 44. From mean value theorem f (b) – f (a) = (b – a) f
2 4
(D) None of these 1
´(x1); a < x1 < b if f (x) = then x1 =
x
n
 1 3r 7r 
35. ∑ (−1)
r =0
Cr  r + 2 r + 3r + .....∞  is equal to
r n

2 2 2 
(A) ab (B)
a+b
2
(C)
2ab
a+b
(D)
b−a
a+b
1 3 2
(A) n (B) n (C) n (D) None 1 3 π π
2 −1 2 −1 2 −1
∫
45. If f (x) = cot 4 x dx +
3
cot x – cot x and f   =
2 2
36. The coefficient of x3y4z in the expansion of then f (x) is
(1 + x + y – z)9 is (A) π – x (B) x – π (C) x (D) None
(A) 2 . 9C7 . 7C4 (B) – 2 . 9C2 . 7C3
9 7
(C) C7 . C4 (D) None of these

37. If
ex
= B0 + B1x + B2x2 + .... then Bn – Bn–1 = ?
LOGICAL REASONING
1− x
1 1 1 1. Fill in the blank spaces.
(A) (B) (C) (D) None 11, 12, 17, 18, 23, 24, (?)
n n n −1
(A) 12 (B) 29 (C) 30 (D) 35
38. The number of point (x, y, z) in space whose each 2. Choose the best alternative.
coordinate is a negative integer such that x + y + z + Dum-Dum : Calcutta : : Palam : ?
12 = 0 is (A) Kerala (B) Delhi (C) Madras (D) Bombay
(A) 55 (B) 110 (C) 75 (D) None
3. Pick the odd one out –
39. Six boys and six girls sit along a line alternatively (A) Wheat (B) Paddy (C) Towar (D) Mustard
with probability P1 & along a circle (again
alternatively) with probability P2 then P1/P2 is equal 4. Which of the following figures (A), (B), (C) and (D)
to when folded along the lines, will produce the given
(A) 1 (B) 1/5 (C) 6 (D) None figure (X) ?

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 80 APRIL 2011

 (A) (B) (C) (D)

(X) 8. The question that follow contain a set of three figures

X, Y and Z showing a sequence of a piece of paper.
Fig. (Z) shows the manner in which the folded paper
(A) (B) has been cut. These three figures are followed by four
answer figures from which you have to choose a
figure which would most closely resemble the
(C) (D) unfolded form of fig. (Z).

5. In each of the following questions, choose the set of

figures which follows the given rule.
Rule : The series becomes complex as it proceeds : X Y Z
(A)

(B) (A) (B)

(C)

(D)
(C) (D)
6. In following question below, you are given a figure
(X) followed by four figures (A), (B), (C) and (D)
such that (X) is embedded in one of them. Trace out 9. In the following question, complete the missing
the correct alternative. portion of the given pattern by selecting from the
given alternatives (A), (B), (C) and (D).

(X)

(X)
(A) (B)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

10. In the following question, find out which of the

answer figures (A), (B), (C) and (D) complete the
(C) (D) figure - matrix ?

7. In the following question, find out which of the

answer figures (A), (B), (C) and (D) completes the
figure-matrix ?
?

(A) (B) (C) (D)

?

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 81 APRIL 2011

 (C) Have the broken box
ENGLISH (D) Break the box

1. Choose the one which best expresses the meaningful 10. Choose the one which best expresses the correct
concept : answer in the speech :
The state's duty is to . . . . the safety of its Citizens. He said, "How shabby you are looking!"
(A) assure (B) ensure (C) insure (D) accept (A) He asked how shabby I was looking
(B) He exclaimed with disgust that I was looking
2. Choose the one which best expresses the meaningful very shabby
concept :
(C) He exclaimed with sorrow that they were
The company went . . . . in the 1990's recession. looking much shabby
(A) burst (B) bust (C) bursted (D) busted (D) He told that I was looking much shabby

3. Choose the one which best expresses the meaningful 11. Pick out the mis-spelt word –
concept : (A) Neigh (B) Rein (C) Neice (D) Neither
What can we . . . . from this evidence, Watson ?
(A) deduce (B) deduct 12. Find out which part of the sentence has an error :
(C) reduce (D) conduce I wonder / what he has done with the book /
(a ) (b)

4. Choose the one which best expresses the meaningful I lend him / No Error
( c) (d)
concept in opposite meaning :
Zenith : (A) Wonder
(A) Sky (B) Firmament (B) What he has done with the book
(C) nadir (D) naive (C) I lend him
(D) No Error
5. Pick up the correct Synonym for the following word
Voracious : 13. Pick out the most appropriate pair to fill in the
(A) Hungry (B) Wild blanks in the same order, to make the sentence
meaningfully complete :
(C) Quick (D) Angry
She was . . . . . because all her plans had gone . . . . .
6. One who travels from place to place : (A) distraught, awry (B) Frustrated, Magnificently
(A) Journey man (B) Tramp (C) Elated, wild (D) Dejected, splendidly
(C) Itinerant (D) Mendicant
14. Pick out the most effective word from the given
words to fill in the blanks to make the sentence
7. Choose the one which best expresses the meaning of meaningfully complete :
the given idiom/proverb :
Most of the issues discussed in the meeting were
To fly off the candle : trivial and only a few were :
(A) To dislocate (B) To lose one's temper (A) Interesting (B) Practical
(C) To take off (D) To be indifferent (C) Complex (D) significant

8. Fill in the blanks with one of the options given 15. Pick out the most appropriate pair to fill in the
below: blanks in the same order, to make the sentence
Gandhi Ji . . . . . . smoking in his youth. meaningfully complete :
(A) took to (B) took for The . . . . . of glory lead but to the . . . . .
(C) took in (D) took up (A) Paths, grave (B) Ways, happiness
(C) Acts, Prosperity (D) Achievements, Suffering
9. Select the one which best expresses the same
sentence in Passive or Active Voice.
Get the box broken.
(A) Get someone to break the box.
(B) They have broken the box

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 82 APRIL 2011

 SOLUTION FOR MOCK TEST
IIT-JEE (PAPER - I)
8. [D]
CHEMISTRY A(g) → B(g) + 2C(g)
At 320 seconds, x moles of A decomposes giving x
moles of B and 2x moles of C.
1. [B]; 2. [C]; 3. [B]; 4. [A];
Total number o mole = a – x + x + 2x
5. [C] = a + 2x
Ethanol does not react with Fehling's reagent, only So number of moles has increased by 2x
acetaldehyde reacts as follows : 2x = 96 mm
2CuO + CH3CHO → Cu2O ↓ + CH3COOH x = 48 mm
Red ppt. For a first order reaction
1 .2 2.303 a
Moles of Cu2O = 5.2 × 10–4 = log10
143 320 a – 48
1 .2 a
Moles of CH3CHO = Solving, log = 0.07225
143 a – 48
44 × 1.2 Solving.
So% of acetaldehyde = × 100 = 74% a = 313 mm.
143 × 0.5
9. [B,C]; 10 [A,B,D];
6. [B]
Let ‘n’ is the principal quantum number of energy 11. [A,B,C,D]; 12 [A,B,C]
level corresponding to energy (X), the principal 13. [B,C,D]
quantum number of energy level (Y) is (n + 3) as it The formation of micelles in aqueous solution is an
emit 6 wavelengths. endothermic process with very small but positive
So value of enthalpy of formation.
13.6 Z 2 14. [B]
– =X ……(1)
n2
13.6 Z 2 15. [D]
– =Y ……(2) To be spontaneous, ∆G must be negative (∆G < 0)
(n + 3) 2
Thus, ∆Hº – T∆Sº < 0;
On dividing equation (1) by (2), we get ∆H < T∆Sº;
X (n + 3) 2 T > ∆Hº/∆Sº
= 572 kJ
Y n2 T>
On solving, we 0.179 kJ / K
√(X/Y) = 1 + 3/n = 3200 K
16. [B]; 17. [D]; 18. [D]
7. [A]
Numerical Response :
MnO 4– + 8H– + 5e → Mn2+ + 4H2O 19. [5]
∆Gº = –5 × 1.51 F Two terminal carbons can be assumed to be at A and
+ – 2+ B, while the central carbon at O. Then,
MnO2 + 4H + 2e → Mn + 2H2O
P
∆Gº = –2 × 1.23 F A B

MnO 4– + 4H+ + 3e– → MnO2 + 2H2O

1.54Å
∆Gº = (–7.55 F + 2.46 F) = – 5.09 F
θ/2
θ/2

º –5.09F
E MnO – = = + 1.696 V.
4 / MnO 2 – 3F B

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 83 APRIL 2011

 AP θ 25. [1]
But =  Volume of unit cell = Area × b
AO 2
= 17.77 × 10–16 × 7.41 × 10–8
 109º 28′  = Mass of unit cell = V × d
= sin   ∴ (in tetrahedral structure)
 2  = 131.68 × 10–24 cc
θ = 109º28′ Mass of unit cell = V × d
= sin (54º 44′) = 131.68 × 10–24 g × 0.805
AP = AO sin (54º 44′) = 106 × 10–24 g
= 1.54 × 0.82 = 1.26 Å number of SO2 molecule per unit cell
AB = 2AP = 2.52 106 × 10 –24
Ans. = 2.52 × 2 = 5 Å = × 6.023 × 1023 = 1
64
20. [9] 26. [6]
Theoretical value of dipole moment of a 100% ionic 1500 cm3 of 0.1 N HCl cotains HCl
character 0.1
=e×d = × 1500 = 0.15 g eq.
1000
= (1.60 × 1019 C) (1.41 × 10–10 m)
It will neutralize 0.15 g eq. of NaOH
= 2.26 × 1029 Cm
= 0.15 × 40 = 6 g
observed value of dipole moment = 2 .60 ×10–30 Cm
observed value 27. [9]
per cent ionic character = × 100
theoretical value Neutralization of HA with NaOH may be given as,
HA + NaOH → NaOH + H2O
2.00 × 10 –30 Concentration of salt will be 0.1/2 M that is, 0.05 M,
= × 100 = 9%
2.26 × 10 – 29 as volume will be double. pH of salt after hydrolysis
may be calculated as,
2.8 × 10 –2 1
21. [5] α = = 5 × 10–5 pH = [pKw + pKa + log C] ….. (i)
560 2
α 2C pKw = 14
Ka = ≈ α2C = (5 × 10–5)2 × .2 pKa = –log10Ka
1– α
= 5 × 10–10 = – log10(5.6 × 10–6) = 5.2518
log10C = log100.05 = –1.3010
22. [6] On putting the values of pKw, and log10C in equation
23. [1] (i), we obtain
The cell reaction is 1
pH = [14 + 5.2518 – 1.3010] = 9
H2 + 2Ag+ → 2H+ + 2Ag 2
2.303 RT 1
Ecell = Eºcell – log10
2F [Ag + ]2
0.62 = 0.80 + 0.06 log10 [Ag+] MATHEMATICS
–0.18
log10[Ag+] = =–3
0.06
1. [B]
[Ag+] = antilog (–3) = 1.0 × 10–3 M
= (1.0 × 10–3) × 108 gL–1 f (2) − f (−1)
Using LMVT, ≥5
= 0.108 gL–1 3
Amount of Ag present in 100 ml solution ⇒ f(–1) ≤ – 5
= 0.108 g
0.0108
So % of Ag = ×100 = 1% 2. [C]
108
f ′(x) = 3x2 + 2ax + a + tan θ + cot θ ≥ 0
24. [1] 3x2 + 2ax + a + 2 ≥ 0 (Q tan θ + cot θ ≥ 2)
2.303RT
Eºcell = log Keq D ≤ 0 ⇒ a2 – 3a – 6 ≤ 0
nF
0.0591
0.295 = log Keq 1 ω ω2
2
3. [C] r
|A(r)| = ω ω r–1 2r
ω 1 ω ω2 = 0
log Keq = 10
Keq = 1010 1 ω2 ω4

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 84 APRIL 2011

4. [C] 9. [B, C]
3ax 1 Curve y = x ; x – y = 0
Let f(x) = x2 – + Qa–2>0 |h−k |
a−2 a−2 Centre = (h, k) = (h − 1) 2 + (k − 0) 2
1 2
D= {8a2 + (a – 2)2 + 4} > 0 Locus
(a − 2) 2
x2 + y2 – 2xy = 2x2 + 2y2 + 2 – 4x
1 b 3a 1
f(0) = > 0 and – = >0 x2 + y2 –2x – 2y + 1 + 2xy = 2(x – y – )
a−2 2 a 2 ( a − 2) 2
hence both roots are positive. 1 1
(x + y –1)2 = 4 (x – y – )
2 2
5. [D]
Equation of line through (2, –1, 3) and parallel to  1
2 x− y − 
 x + y −1 2
given line is
x−2
=
y +1
=
z −3
any point on it 2   = 2  2
1 2 3  2  2
can be taken as (r + 2, 2r – 1, 3r + 3)
Putting this in equation of plane, we get ⇒ Axis is x + y –1 = 0 and tangent at vertex is
r + 2 – 2(2r – 1) + 3 (3r + 3) – 3 = 0 1
r + 2 – 4 r + 2 + 9r + 9 – 3 = 0 x–y– =0
6r + 10 = 0 2
5 Length of L.R. is 2
6r = – 10 ⇒ r = –
3
10. [A,C,D]
 5  5  5   1 13 
 − + 2,2 −  − 1,3 −  + 3  ⇒  ,− ,−2  e 2 x (3x 2 + 1)1 / 2 (3x 2 + 1)1 / 2
lim = lim
 3  3  3  3 3  x → ∞ 2e 2 x x c + cx c −1e 2 x x →∞ 2 x c + cx c −1
2 2 1/ 2
1   13  2  1 
Required distance =  − 2  +  − + 1 + (−2 − 3) 3 + 2 
3   3  = lim  c −1  c − 2
x
350 5 14
x →∞ 2 x + cx
= = unit
9 3 31 / 2 3
for c = 1; =
1 2
2+
rr rr r x
6. [D] 2 a.b = – 4 a.b + 3 b 2
rr r for c > 0 ; 0
2 a.b = b 2
rr 4 11. [B, C, D] Both roots are 1
a.b + r 2 ca − ab 2ab
|b | +2 ∴ =1⇒c=
rr ab − bc a+b
4
= (1 + a.b ) + r r –1≥2 2 –1 b 2 a 2 c − ab 2 c 2ab − bc
2(a.b + 1) Since = =1
a 2 c 2 b − b 2 a 2 c ac − ab
7. [A] ∴ ab2c2, b2a2c, a2c2b are in A.P.
x+5 3
Let y = =1+ ⇒x=1 12. [B, C]
x+2 x+2 πe (x – π) (x –π – e) + eπ(x – e) (x – π – e) +
3
Also, y – 1 = (ππ + ee) (x – e) (x – π) = 0
x+2 Let f (x) = πe (x – π) (x –π – e) + eπ(x – e) (x – π – e)
3 3 + (ππ + ee) (x – e) (x – π) = 0
⇒x+2= ⇒ x=–2+
y −1 y −1
⇒ y = 2 only as x and y are natural numbers 13. [A, B]
dx −2 dy sin 2 t − cos 2 t
1 = , =
8. [D] 15
C2r > 15
C 2 r +1 dt sin t cos t dt sin 2 t cos 2 t
2
 dx   dy 
13   =–4   =0
⇒ r> Also 2r + 1 ≤ 15 ⇒ r≤7  dt  t = π / 4  dt  t = π / 4
6
∴ r = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
No. of values of r are 5.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 85 APRIL 2011

14. [B]; 15.[C] 1
sin θ = 0 sin θ =
Sol. (14-15) 2
Let roots of the equation are α, β, γ, δ π 5π
θ = 0, π, 2π θ = ,
α + β + γ + δ = 12 and α β γ δ = 81 6 6
α+β+ γ +δ Total solutions = 5
Since = 3 and (αβγδ)1/4 = 3
4
∴α=β=γ=δ=3
21. [6]
∴ b = ∑ αβ = 54 and c = – ∑ αβγ = –108
π π
Greatest value is & least value is
16. [C] 2 3
dy π
= 2x. x8 – x4 ∴ difference =
dx 6

 dy 
  =1 22. [5] f (x) = a log a N = N
 dx  x =1
⇒ 0 < [2 tan πx] < 1 or [2tan πx] > 1
17. [A] x2 + 2x − 3 ( x + 3)( x − 1)
2 and > 0 i.e. >1
f ′(x) = ( ex /2 2
(1 – x )) 2 2
4x − 4x − 3 (2 x − 3)(2 x + 1)
∴ f ′ (1) = e1/2. 0 = 0 ⇒ x ∈ (–∞, –3) ∪ (–1/2, 1) ∪ (3/2, ∞) ...(1)
Now 0 < [2 tan πx] < 1 not possible
dy
18. [A] = 4x3 (ln x4)2 – 3x2 (ln x3)2 ∴ [2 tan πx] > 1
dx
π π
= 64 x3 (ln x)2 –27x2 (ln x)2 ⇒ nπ + ≤ πx < nπ + , n ∈ I
dy 4 2
∴ lim+ =0 1 1
x →0 dx ⇒ n+ ≤x<n+ ...(2)
4 2
Numerical Response : Common solution of (1) and (2) possible only if
B1 A L1 n = 0, n ≥ 2 or n ≤ – 4
19. [8] r r r r r r
23. [1] We know that [e1 e2 e3 ] [ E1 E 2 E3 ]
h
r r r r r r
θ 90º–θ L2 e1 .E1 e1 .E 2 e1.E3 1 0 0
B A1 r r r r r r
= e2 .E1 e2 .E 2 e2 .E3 = 0 1 0 = 1
r r r r r r
P (4,3) e3 .E1 e3 .E 2 e3 .E3 0 0 1
L1 and L2 are parallel lines.
Line L divides this parallelogram in two triangles of
equal area. Altitudes of these triangle's is fixed = h = 24. [3]
| 15 − 5 | The radius of the sphere is 5.
=2
5
The given plane is x + y – z = 4 3 .
base length of each triangle is = h tanθ + h cotθ
The length of the perpendicular from the centre
h 2h
= h(tanθ + cotθ) = = 4 3
sin θ cos θ sin 2θ (0,0,0) of the sphere on the plane is = 4.
for area to be least, this base length must be least, so 1+1+1
sin2θ = 1. So θ = 45º Hence, the radius of the circular section is
So least area = 2.(1/2.2h.h) = 2h2 = 8 sq. units 25 − 16 = 9 = 3.

20. [5]
25. [4] f(x) = x3 – 6x2 + 9x + λ
Solving we get
f ′(x) = 3x2 –12x + 9 = 3(x –1) (x –3)
7 sin 3θ + 14 cos 2θ – 14 = 0 ∴ f ′(x) < 0 in (1, 3)
⇒ sin 3θ – 2(1 – cos 2θ) = 0 but f(1) = 4 + λ and f(3) = λ
⇒ 3 sin θ – 4 sin3 θ – 4 sin2θ = 0 Q f(1) f(3) < 0 ⇒ λ(λ + 4) < 0 ⇒ λ ∈ (–4, 0)
⇒ sinθ (2sinθ – 1) (2 sin θ + 3) = 0

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 86 APRIL 2011

26. [4] v2 = 0.1 × 10 = 1 m/s in – ve x-direction
Point of intersection is P(3, 3 ) In ground frame
VM = v2 + v = 0
−1
Now m1 = – 3 , m2 =
3 3 4. [C]
2 2 Heat gained by the ice in both vessel is same.
∴ tan α = ⇒ α = tan–1 ∴k=4
3 3 t t
× t1 = × t2
K 1A K 2A
27. [4]
K1 t
(2λ + 15) f(x + 1) – (λ + 10) f(x + 8) – f(x + 1) = 0 = 1
⇒ (2λ + 14) f(x + 1) = (λ + 10) f(x + 8) K2 t2
Since f is periodic with period 7
∴ f(x +1) = f(x + 8) P T4
5. [A] P ∝ T4 ⇒ =
⇒λ=–4 P' T'4
λ0
λ0 T = b ⇒ T' = b
2
PHYSICS T
=
1
⇒
P
=
1
or P' = 16 P
T' 2 P' 16
P'T' = 16P × 2T = 32 PT
1. [D]
MR 2  mr 2  6. [D]
I= − + ma 2  u(6m) = 10 + (6 – 2)2 = 26 J
2  2 
u (– 2m) = 10 + (– 2– 2)2 = 26 J
Here, r = 4m , r = 1m and a = 2m As u(6m) = u (– 2m), particle will go upto x = –2
1 – du –d
M = 2Kg and m = kg &F= = [10 + x2 + 4 – 4x]
8 dx dx
⇒ F = – 2x + 4
2 × 16 1  1  At x = 2, F = 0
⇒ I= −  + 4
2 82  So x = 2 is mean position.
Kinetic energy at x = 2, 26 – 10 = 16 J
32 × 8 9 247 As x = 2 is mean position so we can put
= − = kg m 2
2 × 8 16 16 F = –2(x – 2) where (x – 2) is distance from mean
position
2. [C] –2
a= (x – 2)
If l > half of the horizontal range time taken by the m
ball to hit the wall is greater than half of collision 2
so ω2 = ⇒ ω = 2 (m = 1 kg)
hence it will take time of flight. Since vertical m
component of velocity of the ball is unaffected by the 2π 2π
collision hence it will take time smaller than the half = 2 ⇒T= = 2π
T 2
of the time of flight to reach the ground after
collision. Its horizontal component of velocity just
after collision is either less than of equal to what is x
just before collision. Hence in shorter time it cannot 7. [B]
dx
travel equal distance with lesser or even equal speed.
TkA
3. [A] A × dx × P × L = dt
x
In CM frame, H t
mv1 = Mv2 ; v1 = 2v2 TkA
v2 v1 ∫
0
x dx = ∫ A × P dt
0
M m H 2
Tkt
=
CM 2 PL
B 2
H PL
From the principle of conservation of energy, t=
2Tk
1 1 1 1
mv12 + Mv 22 = kl02 ⇒ 2mv 02 + v 22 = kl02
2 2 2 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 87 APRIL 2011

8. [C] 1 1
At the instant of maximum compression velocity of =
m1s1 m 2s 2
both the blocks is same.
So from momentum conservation, 1 1
=
mv1 + Mv2 = (m + M)v V × d 1 × s1 V × d2 × s2
{where v : - common velocity} s1 d
= 2
 mv1 + Mv 2  s2 d1
v = 
 m+M 
From energy conservation, Passage-1
1 1 14. [C], 15. [B]
mv12 + mv 22 t
2 2
2
1 2 1  mv + Mv 2 
= kx + (m + M )  1 
2 2  m+M 
Solving this
mM
x = (v1 – v2)
K ( M + m)
n
9. [A,B] Just after collision component of velocity B along
v v
10. [C, D] tangent 0 and along normal 0
The velocity of the disc when rolling begins can be 2 2
obtained using the conservation of angular velocity is – v 0 î
momentum principle about the point through which
the friction force acts. So, the coefficient of friction Impulse on B = mv 0 (î + ĵ)
has no bearing on final velocity. The work done by Impulse on A = − mv (î + ˆj) 0
the force of friction will simply be changed to kinetic
energy. Force exerted ly surface on A
− mv 0 (î + ĵ)
11. [B, C] In an elastic collision, linear momentum of = (neglect mg)
the system is always conserved i.e., in all the three ∆t
stages of collision. But the kinetic energy of the If A were free to move then velocity of A and B just
kinetic energy of the system is not always conserved. after collision
It is conserved only before and after the collision. y v0
2
12. [A,B]
v0
kx 0 V A
Pf = P0 + ; x0 = 0 2
A A x
kV0
Pf = P0 +
A2 B
Fatm = P0 A 

V0  Watm = −Fatm .∆x For A u At = v At v An = 0
∆x =
A 
v0
Wgas + Wsp + Watm = 0 = v At
1 2
Wgas – kx 02 – P0V0 = 0 For B u Bt = 0 = v Bt
2
1 v0
Wgas = kx 02 + P0V0 v Bn = u An =
2 2
2
1  V0  16. [A]
Wgas = k  + P0V0 As both cylinder have same weigh, the helium
2  A 
cylinder contains more moles of gas than the nitrogen
cylinder since the molecular mass of Helium is lower
13. [B,D]
than that of nitrogen.
dT eA 4 e
= (T – T04 ) is same for both sphere PV = nRT
dt ms ms V & T are constant
as sphere is identical their emissivity (e) are same ∴P∝n

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 88 APRIL 2011

 Pressure in helium cylinder must be a lot higher than v/2
in the nitrogen cylinder. This indicate that the helium
balloon will fill faster.
v1
17. [B] µN
H = nCp∆T
H N
∆T =
nC p
5R 7R 21. [1]
Cp = for He and Cp = for N2 u × time (AB) = eu (time BC) + eu (time CA)
2 2
v v ev
∆THe 7 u × = eu  + eu × 2
= g
∆TN 2 5 g g
1
2H e= ∴ n=1
18. [A] ∆THe = 2
n × 5R
2H
TfinalHe = T+ eu u
5nR v
2H
Similarly TfinalN = T + eu
2 7nR
PV = nRTf
P u
nRTf
Vf = A C v
P
nR  2H  nRT 2H
Vf He =  T+ = +
5nR 
22. [6]
P  P 5P
nR  2H  nRT 2H Thermal power of heater = PH
Vf N = T+ = + PH = K(T1 – T0) … (i)
2 P  7 nR  P 7P power of electric stove is PS
2H 2H 4H PH + PS = K(T2 – T0) … (ii)
Vf He – Vf N = – =
2 5P 7P 35P PS = 1 KW, T2 – T0 = 42ºC
T1 – T0 = 36ºC
Numerical Response : PH = K × 36
19. [3] PH + PS = K × 42
PS = 6 K
1
α a
1 = 6 K, K =
6
ƒ 1
∴ PH = K × 36 = × 36 = 6 KW
T
6
αR g
a= ⇒ αR – a = 23. [4]
2 2 mL = K (Ts – T0) × t
g L = Latent Heat of ice = 80 cal/gm
⇒ a= ⇒ ƒ – T = Ma
2 80 m = K (25 – 0) × 160 … (i)
R MR 2 80m m
⇒ TR – ƒ = α K= =
2 2 25 × 160 50
Now all ice has melted and total water has mass 2m.
3Mg
Solving T = , ƒ = 2Mg  10 + 1 
2 2m × c × ∆T = K 25 – × t
 2 
20. [2] m
3 2m × 1 × 1 = (25 – 0.5) × t
∫ N dt = 2 mv 100
50

2 t= = 4 min (approx)
∫ µ( N dt)R = 5 mR ω (25 – 0.5)
2

2
⇒ ∫ µNdt = 5 mRω = mv 1

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 89 APRIL 2011

24.[5]
I2 R E 50°C
B Chemistry Wonderland
R R
I1–I2 Gases explode, are you listenin'
I1
D F In your test tube, silver glistens
R I–I1A I–I2
A beautiful sight, we're happy tonight
I I
Walking in a chemistry wonderland.
Gone away, is the buoyancy
100°C
Here to stay, is the density
TB = 50 °C A beautiful sight, we're happy tonight
l Walking in a chemistry wonderland.
Here R =
KA In the beaker we will make lead carbonate
Using Kirchhoff's law and decide if what's left is nitrate
3RI –3RI1 – RI2 = 100 … (1) My partner asks "Do we measure it in moles or
grams?"
RI + RI1 – 3RI2 = 50 …(2)
–RI + 3RI1 – RI2 = 0 …(3) and I'll say, "Does it matter in the end?"
Later on, as we calculate
Solving (1) (2) & (3), we have
the amount, of our nitrate
25 75
I2 = 0 , I1 = , I= We'll face unafraid, the precipitates that we made
2R 2R
walking in a chemistry wonderland.
⇒ TB = 50°C

25. [7] Iron the Red Atom Molecule

Let M, m be the mass of the planet and that of the (to the tune of Rudolph the Red-Nosed Reindeer)
core, then
There was Cobalt and Argon and Carbon and
GM Gm M Fluorine
2
= 2
⇒ =m
( 2R ) R 4 Silver and Boron and Neon and Bromine
4 4 But do you recall
πR 3ρ1 + π[8R 3 − R 3 ] ρ 2 = 4(4 / 3πR 3ρ1 ) the most famous element of all?
3 3
Iron the red atom molecule
ρ1 + 7ρ2 = 4ρ1 ; ρ1 / ρ2 = 7/3
had a very shiny orbital
And if you ever saw him
26. [5]
You'd enjoy his magnetic glow
m ur = m (v0 + v) a All of the other molecules
5GM e a GM e used to laugh and call him Ferrum
⇒u= 2
as v0 =
4r a They never let poor Iron
1 GM e m 1 GM e m join in any reaction games.
also mu2 – = m (v0 +v)2 – Then one inert Chemistry eve
2 r 2 a
Santa came to say
27. [3] v = Rω cosθ Iron with your orbital so bright
v 2 won't you catalyze the reaction tonight?
⇒ cosθ = = cm
Rω 5 Then how the atoms reacted
∴ h = R(1 – cosθ) = 3 cm. and combined in twos and threes
Iron the red atom molecule
θ you'll go down in Chemistry!

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 90 APRIL 2011

 SOLUTION FOR MOCK TEST
PAPER
IIT-JEE - II - II)
(PAPER
CHEMISTRY Alcoholic
  KOH 
→
Dehydroha log enation
– KBr , – H 2O
1. [A] (B) Diene
(4π-system)
2. [C]
O CH2
(2π system)
C–OH CH2
O
3 / CCl 4
→
→ SOCl2 (4 + 2) cycloaddition
CH2 –SO 2 ,– HCl C
O O OHC
C–Cl (
CH3 ) 2 S
→
O OHC
H Anhyd
 . AlCl
 →
3

Friedel Craft reaction , – HCl Hexane-1,4-dial

(A)
O 10. [A]; 11. [B]; 12. [D];
C
Zn
–Hg / HCl
→ Column Matching Question :
13. [A → R,S; B → P,Q; C → Q; D → P,Q]
(B)
14. [A → P; B → S ; C → Q ; D → R]

(C) Numeric Response :

15. [3]
3. [C]
The number of possible isomers of an octahedral
LiAlH4 reduces aldehydes, ketones ane even cyclic complex, [Co(C2O4)2(NH3)2]– is three.
esters. NaBH4 reduces aldehydes, ketones and not
16. [3]
ester. Thus,
µ = 1.73 BM corresponds to 1 unpaired electron
LiAlH4 OH
(A) which is possible when Ti is in Ti3+ state (3d1).
O OH
O A 17. [3]
OH
O ∆
P4 + 3NaOH + 3H2O → 3NaH2PO2 + PH3
B
O NaBH4 O 18. [6]
(B)
BOH + HCl → BCl + H2O
OH at equilibrium point N1V1 = N2V2; V2 = 20 mL
4. [C]; 5. [D]; 6. [D] 20 × 0.08
∴ [BCl] = = 0.04
20 + 20
7. [C]; 8. [C]; 6. [D]
1
pH = [pKw – pKb – log(C)]
2
∆
NBS
.→ ∴ pKb = 5.4
Allylicbro min ation
H Br B+ + OH– → BOH; Basic Buffer is formed
CH2
Initial milli-moles 1.6 0.4
H
(A) Final milli-moles 1.2 – 0.4

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 91 APRIL 2011

 [B+ ] 5. [D]
pOH = pKb + log
[BOH] M
B
 1.2  A
= 5.4 + log   = 5.4 + 0.48
 0.4  O
pOH = 5.88

Sol.5 [3]
PS42 ( g ) (4 × 0.3) 4 equation of AB is x = 3 –3y
Kp = = = 2.96
PS8 ( g ) 0.70 equation of auxiliary circle
x2 + y2 = 9
 12 9 
on solving M =  – , 
MATHEMATICS  5 5
1 1 9 27
1 1 Area of ∆ OAM = (OA) (ym) = (3)   =
1. [B] =u⇒ z=2+ 2 2 5 10
z−2 u
1 1
−2 u− x 2 + sin 2 x
⇒k = u
1
⇒ 2k = 2
1
6. [C] f(x) = ∫ 1+ x 2
sec2x dx
+4 u+
u 4  x 2 + 1 − cos 2 x 

⇒ st. line is k =
1
= ∫ 

 1 + x 2
 sec2x dx


2
 cos 2 x  2
2. [B]
Let tangent be
= ∫ 1 −
 1+ x2 

 sec x dx

y = l + m (x – 2)  1 
∫  sec
2
using equation of curve = x−  dx
1+ x2 
1 + m2(x – 2)2 + 2m (x – 2) – 2x3 – 4y + 8 = 0
= tan x – tan–1x + c
⇒ m2(x – 2)2 – 2m (x – 2) + (5 – 2x3) = 0 ∴ f(0) = 0 ⇒ tan0 –tan–10 + c = 0
D = 4 (x – 2)2 – 4(x – 2)2 (5 – 2x3) ⇒c=0
= 4 (x – 2)2(1 – 5 + 2x3) ∴ f(x) = tan x – tan–1x
= 4 (x – 2)2 (2x3 – 4) > 0 ∴ f(1) = tan1 – tan–11
as 2x3 – 4 = (y – 2)2 and on the curve for line y ≠ 2 = tan1 – π/4
Hence D > 0 ⇒ two values of m ⇒ 2 tangents
7. [A]
b sin 2α b sin 2β Let X draws any card, the probability that Y draws the
3. [C] =
a cos 2 α − ae a cos 2β − ae 1
same card =
⇒ sin2α cos2β – e sin2α = sin2β cos2α – e sin2β n
⇒ 2sin(α – β) cos(α – β) = 2esin(α – β) cos(α + β)
⇒ cos(α – β) = e cos (α + β) 8. [B]
4. [C] Let 'X' draws a card marked with r, then Y can draw
A + B + C + D + E + F + G = 10 any card marked 1, 2, 3……. r–1. Hence the required
n
The required solution is 1  r −1 n −1
= collect coeff of x10 in (x1 + x2 + x3)7
probability = ∑ n  =
n  2n
r =1
= 9C3 –7. 7 + 0 –1C0
= 77
9. [B]
Alternate:
If 'X' draws rth card, then 'Y' draws any card marked
(7 ! )
Case – (1) : 1111123 → = 42 1, 2, 3 …. r –1.
(5!) Hence required probability
( 7 !) n
Case- (2) : 1111 222 → = 35 1  r −1 n −1
(4 !) (3!) = ∑ n  =
n  2n
r =1
So total = 77

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 92 APRIL 2011

10. [A], 11. [B], 12. [C] 14. A → P,R; B → S; C → Q, R,T; D → P,Q,R
yt = x + 2t 2 (A)
[x] = 3x –x2
touching xy + 1 = 0 y
x 
⇒ x  + 2t  + 1 = 0 ⇒ x2 + 2t2x + t = 0
 t 
equal roots ⇒ 4t4 – 4t = 0 ⇒ t = 1
pt. of contact ≡ (2, 4) x
–1 0 1 2 3 4
other end of normal at P
2
–t– = – 3 ⇒ Q = (18, – 12) (B) Total no. of functions = 54
t
No. of one-one functions = 5P4
−1 1 1 ⇒ No. of many-one function = 54 – 5P4
1
∆PQR = 2 4 1 = 48 (C) Let n = 2k then n(n +1) (n + 2)
2
18 − 12 1 = 2k (2k +1) (2k + 2)
= 4k (k + 1) (2k +1)
Column Matching Question : k (k +1) is even number.
13. A→ P ; B→ T; C→ T ; D → T (D) If point of intersection of L1, L2 lies within circle
(A) x2 – x + π – 2 < 0 then number of tangents is zero and so on.
1 ± 4π − 7
x= Numerical Response :
2
15. [4]
1 − 4π − 7 1 + 4π − 7 A
∴ <x< ∴λ=1
2 2 min (7, 4)
(B) 2[x] = x + 2{x} (x, y) P
(i) x is an integer, then the equation because max
2x = x + 0 i.e. x = 0 is a solution 1
O
(ii) if x ∉ I, the equation becomes (0, 0)
1 Q
2[x] = [x] + {x} + 2{x} i.e. {x} = [x]
3 ∴ The given expression is a slope of line joining
(x, y) & (7, 4) for maximum or minimum value of
[x]
∴ 0< <1 ⇒ 0 < [x] < 3 expression AP & AQ must be tangents to the
3 circle
∴ possible values of [x] are 1, 2 Let mAP = minimum slope of line
1 1 4 ∴ MAQ = maximum slope of line
if [x] = 1, then {x} = ∴x=1+ = ∴ Equation of line passing through (7, 4) is
3 3 3
y – 4 = m (x – 7)
2 8 mx – y – 7m + 4 = 0
if [x] = 2, then {x} = ∴x=
3 3 For tangency OP = 1
∴ there are 3 solutions | 4 − 7m |
=1
(C) Let x = cos θ, y = sin θ m2 + 1
∴ x + y = cos θ + sin θ Squaring & solving
∴ maximum value of x + y is 2 3 5
M= ,m=
 1  1 4 12
(D) f  x +  + f  x −  = f(x) 5
 2  2 ∴ minimum value m = & maximum value
12
 1  1
f (x + 1) + f(x) = f  x +  ⇒ f(x + 1) + f  x −  = 0 3
 2  2 M=
4
 3  3 ∴ 2 M + 6m = 4
f  x +  = –f(x) ⇒ f(x + 3) = –f  x +  = f(x)
 2  2
∴ f(x) is periodic with period 3.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 93 APRIL 2011

16. [2] 2∆ 2∆ 2∆
∴ a= ,b= ,c=
k1 = tan 27θ – tan θ = (tan 27θ – tan 9θ) AD BE CF
 1 1 1 
+ (tan 9θ – tan 3θ) + (tan 3θ – tan θ) ∴ a + b + c = 2∆  + + 
 AD BE CF 
sin 2θ 2 sin θ
tan 3θ – tan θ = = 1 1 1
cos 3θ cos θ cos 3θ 2 s = 2∆  + + 
 2 2 3
 sin 9θ sin 3θ sin θ  4
k1 = 2  + +  = 2 k2 s= ∆ .... (1)
 cos 27θ cos 9θ cos 3θ  3
∴ ∆2 = s (s – a) (s – b) (s – c)
OB AB 4∆ ∆ ∆ 2∆
17. [2] = ∆2 = . . .
sin A sin 30º 3 3 3 3
O 81
∆2 = ⇒2 2 ∆=9
30º 8

A B PHYSICS
OB = 2AB sin A = 2 sin A
1. [B]
OBmax = 2
ρ- charge density of the cube

18. [2]
z2
z3 θ z1
2θ
•

Vlcorner = potential at the corner of a cube of side l.

Vlcentre = potential at the centre of a cube of side l.
l
p3 + q3 + r3 = 3pqr ⇒ either p + q+ r = 0 or p = q = r Vl/2centre = potential at the centre of a cube of side .
2
since p, q, r are non-zero positive hence p = q = r
corner l
i.e. |z1| = |z2| = |z3|, therefore z1, z2, z3 lies on a circle Vl/2 = potential at the corner of a cube of side .
2
with centre origin. Q
By dimensional analysis Vlcorner ∝ = ρl 2
z 3 − z1 l
arg is the angle between the vectors z3 – z1 and
z 2 − z1 Vlcorner = 4 Vl/2corner
z2 – z1 But by super position Vlcentre = 8 Vl/2corner because the
centre of the larger cube lies at a corner of the eight
which is θ as shown
smaller cubes of which it is made
z −z  z V corner 4Vlconer 1
∴ θ = arg  3 1  also arg 3 = 2θ Therefore lcentre = /2
=
 z 2 − z1  z2 Vl centre
8Vl / 2 2
Hence the proof follows.
2. [B]
19. [9]
A T = m1r1ω12 also T = m2 g 2 + ω22 r22

∴ m1r1ω12 = m2 g 2 + (ω22 r2 ) 2
cF Eb 1
or, 0.1 × ω12 = (10) 2 + (10) 2
2
0.1 ω12 = 1
ω1 = 10 rad/s v1 = r1ω1 = 10 m/s
B D C
a

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 94 APRIL 2011

3. [C]
R 2 + ω2 L2
as supporting plane is lowered slowly = Vs 2
∴ N = mg – kx  1 
R 2 +  ωL – 
 ω C
4. [A]
 2m + 1  λ Vout R 2 + ω 2 L2
2t =  ∴ =
 Vs  1 
2
 2 n R 2 +  ωL – 
 ωC 
8. [A]
As ω gets small,
2
 1  1
R2 +  ωL –  → 2 2
 ωC  ω C
t n mgF2
Vout R2
∴ = = RωC
Vs 1 / ω2 C 2
λ 5.5 × 10 −7
tmin = = = 99.6 nm 9. [A]
4n 4 × 1.38
As ω gets large.
2
5. [A]  1 
R2 +  ωL – 2 2 2 2 2
 =R +ωL =ωL
To find the magnetic field outside a thick conductor,  ωC 
the current may be assumed to flow along the axis.
As points 1 , 2 , 3 are equidistant from the axis, B1 = Vout ω2 L2
= =1
B2 = B3 Vs ω2 L2
10.[A]
6. [A]

P ∆x = 0 S1 S2
A S1 D
d
optical O
axis d Screen
2
θ x' xO
d S2 equilibrium x
2
f
f D
3f
kx0
∆x = AS1 + S1P – S2P
dx
= d sinθ – =0
D kx0 = mg
d × d dx x0 = mg/k
∆x = − =0 d<<<D
2f D The equation governing motion of plates is
dD x = x 0 cos ωt
x=
2f
Let x' be instantaneous position of plate from O
7. [B]
x' = x0 – x
The voltage across the resistor and the inductor are
x' = x0 – x0 cos ωt
90º out of phase. Hence,
x1 = x0 (1 – cos ωt)
Vout = VR2 + VL2 Instantaneous fringe width is
1 ( D + x ' )λ
XL = ωL, XC = W=
ωC d
2 dW λ d x' λ
 1  = = (x0ω) sin ωt
Hence, Z = R 2 +  ωL –  dt d dt d
 ωC 
Vs dW λ mg k
I= and Vout = I R 2 + X 2L = . . sin ωt
Z dt d k m

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 95 APRIL 2011

 acceleration of plates is zero at equilibrium The maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons
∴ sin ωt = 1 emitted from the plate having work function φ =
Rate at which fringe width will increase 1.17eV is given by
dW λ m KEmax = E – φ
= g = 2.58 – 1.17
dt d k
= 1.41 eV
11. [C] The maximum velocity of photo electrons ejected is
Plate is rest momentarily when 1 2
x' = 0, when x = x0 = x0 cos ωt gives as m Vmax = 1.41 eV
2
cos ωt = 1
Dλ 2 × 1.41× 1.6 × 10 −19
fringe width is W = or Vmax =
d 9.1× 10 −31
Plate is also at momentary rest when x' = 2x0 = 7.036 × 105 m/sec
fringe width W = (D + 2x0) λ /d The radius of the circle traversed by photoelectrons
( D + 2 x 0 )λ Dλ in magnetic field B is given by
Difference = – mV (9.1 × 10 −31 )(7.036 × 105 )
d d r= =
2 x 0 λ 2λ  mg  qB (1.6 × 10 −19 )(10 − 4 )
= =  
d d  k  mV 2
= 40.0 × 10–3 metre (as qV B = ) = 4.0 cm.
12. [D] r
Displacement of nth bright fringe is given as 19. [5] 4V
T
P1
D
∆x= (µ – 1) t
d
Since first maxima shift to the position of central
Dλ T P2 V
maxima hence ∆x =
d PV
= constant and it is same for both part
D RT
Dλ /d = (µ – 1) t
d ∴ P1 = P2
λ P1 × 4V P ×V
t= = 2 ⇒ P2 = 4P1
µ −1 T T
mg
Column Matching P1A + mg = P2A ⇒ P2 = P1 +
13. A → Q,T ; B → P,Q,T ; C → P; D → P, R, S A
14. A → R; B → R; C → P; D → Q, S mg mg
P2 = P1 + ⇒ P1 + = 4P1
A A
Numerical Response : mg
3P1 =
15. [2] A
(600 – 300)g v = (10 × 103)0.6
2x
v = 2m/sec P'1
16. [2]
17. [3]
Range will become twice if velocity of efflux x P'2
becomes twice. Now as,
v= 2gh 5V 10
3x = 5V ⇒ x = ⇒ 2x = V
3 3
Therefore, h should become 4 times or 40 m
P1 × 4V P ' ×2 x P ×V P ' ×x
Thus, an extra pressure equivalent to 30 m of water = 1 ⇒ 2 = 2
should be applied. 300 T 300 T
1 atm = 0.76 × 13.6 m of water mg
P'1A + mg = P'2A ⇒ P'2 = P'1 +
= 10.336 m of water A
30 m of water ≈ 3.0 atm mg
P'1 × 2x = P'2x ⇒ P'2 = 2P'1 ⇒ P'1 =
A
18. [4] mg × 4V Mg 10V
Energy of incident photon in eV is = ×
3A × 300 A 3T
12431
E= eV = 2.58 eV 3000
4800 T= ⇒ T = 750 K
4

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 96 APRIL 2011

 SOLUTION FOR MOCK TEST
PAPER
AIEEE- II
m1 = l × b × σ = 8 × 2 × σ = 16σ
PHYSICS (Part-A) m2 = l × b × σ = 6 × 2 × σ = 12σ
Choosing O as the origin
1. [A] x1 = 1m, x2 = 2 + 3 = 5m
T1T2 1620 × 810 m x + m2 x 2
2. [A] T= = = 540 years
T1 + T2 1620 + 810 ∴ X CM = 1 1
m1 + m2
t = 2T = 1080 years
16σ × 1 + 12σ × 5 19
3. [B] = =
4. [A] 16σ + 12σ 7
Acceleration of system = 2.7 m from O
mg sin 60° − mg sin 30°
a= 7. [D]
2m We know that from third equation of angular
Here, m = mass of each block motion
 3 −1 ω
or a = g ω 2 = ω02 − 2αθ [Here, ω = 0 , θ = 36 × 2π ]
 4  2
 
r r 2
r ma 1 + ma 2  ω0 
Now, a com =   = ω 02 − 2α × 36 × 2π
2m  2 
r r  3 −1 
Here, a1 and a 2 are   g at right angles ω02
 4  or 4 × 36πα = ω02 −
  4
r 2  3 − 1  3ω02
Hence, | a com |= a= g or 4 × 36πα =
2  4 2  4
 
5. [C] ω02
r r or α= .... (i)
r m1v1 + m2 v2 16 × 12π
vcom =
m1 + m2 According to question again applying the third
r r equation of angular motion.
v +v
= 1 2 (m1 = m2)
2 ω2 = ω02 − 2αθ [Here, ω = 0]
= (iˆ + ˆj ) m/s 2
r r ω  ω02 .θ
r a + a2 3 ˆ ˆ 0 =  0  − 2×
Similarly acom = 1 = (i + j ) m/s2  2  16 × 12π
2 2
r r θ = 24π or θ = 12 × 2π
since v com is parallel to acom the path will be a
But, 2π = 1 cycle
straight line.
So, θ = 12 cycle
6. [B] 8m
O Hence, the correct option is (4)
A m1 2m
h
3m 3m 8. [A] λ=
2mE
1
6m

λ∝ & mHe > mp > me

B m2 m
∴ λe > λp > λHe
2m
Taking parts A and B as two bodies of same system

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 97 APRIL 2011

 h 1
9.. [A] λ= 3 Mg cos2 α = Mg or cos2 α =
2mE 3
h  1 
λ' = ∴ α = cos −1  
2mE '  3
λ' E When α = 0°, acceleration will be directed
∴ =
λ E'  MV A2 
vertically upwards  T − Mg = 
2  r 
E  0.5   
∴ = 
E'  1  When α = 90°, acceleration will be directed
∴ E' = 4E vertically downward ( = g)

10. [B] 15. [C]

Statement-I is correct and statement-II is wrong
F1 mR1ω2 R 16. [A] A→R ; B→P ; C→Q ; D→S
11. [D] = 2
= 1
F2 mR2 ω R2 17. [B]
2 2
mv v T1
12. [A] = mgl cos θ or = 2 g cos θ and
2 l T2
T2
= at2 + a r2 = ( g sin θ) 2 + (2 g cos θ) 2 Q

= g 1 + 3 cos 2 θ
We know that centripetal force = mrω2
g sin θ tan θ Tension in the string between P and O is equal to
tan β = =
v2
2 the tension in the string between the spheres P and
l Q + centripetal force required for the sphere P.
13. [C] In other words. We can form the equations of
force.
14. [A] For P, T1 – T2 = m × 1 × ω2
Force acting on the bob at C are as follows For Q, T2 = m × 2 × ω2
(a) Mg → Weight of the bob Adding T1 = 3mω2
(b) T → Tension in the string T2 2mω2 2
For the resultant of these two forces to be along the ∴ = =
horizontal T1 3mω2 3
T cos α = Mg ...(i) 18. [A]
When the bob moves from B to C, 19. [C]
decrease in potential energy = Mg × OD Behaviour of coil is just opposite to capacitor
1
Increase in kinetic energy = MV 2 π
2 20. [C] ∆φ =
2
1
∴ MV 2 = Mg (OD) 21. [A] magnitude remains same
2
or V2 = 2g (OD) 22. [C] e = B×v× l
But OD = OC cos α
= r cos α 23. [C] Remember
V2 = 2gr cos α
µ 0 I1 I 2
24. [D] = f /l
O B 2πd
B'
T 25. [A] B = µ0 ni
α
C
A 26. [B] M = m × 2l
mg
On account of circular motion at C 27. [B] M = m × 2l
MV 2 M .2 gr cos α
T − Mg cos α = = 1
r r 28. [B] U= CV 2
T–Mg cos α = 2 Mg cos α or T = 3Mg cos α 2
Combining eq. (1) and eq. (2).

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 98 APRIL 2011

 R1 R2 38. [B]
29. [D] Rep = (parallel) ZM
R1 + R2 ρ=
a × N A × 10 –30
3
V
30. [C] I= 2 × 100
R = = 5.191 g/cm3.
(400)3 × 6.02 × 10 23 × 10 –30

39. [D]
CHEMISTRY (Part-B) When n =1, the possible value of l = 0 and m = 0.
40. [A] Factual
31. [A]
h 6.63 × 10 –34 kgm 2s –1
Moles of NaOH = 25 × 0.2 × 10–3 = 5 × 10–3 41. [C] λ= = ≈ 10–30 m
1 mv  5  –1
Moles of H2SO4 required = × 5 × 10–3 0.2kg ×  ms
2  3600 
= 2.5 × 10–3 which corresponds to 25 mL of 42. [A] ∆Hf of NO(g) is represented by
0.1 M H2SO4 solution. 1 1
N 2 (g ) + O 2 (g) → NO(g)
32. [A] Moles of solute = 1; 2 2
1000 For getting this divide eqn. (i) and (ii) by 2 and
Moles of solvent = = 55.5 subtract (ii) from (i).
18
Moles fraction of solute = 1/56.5 = 0.0176. 43. [B]
 3 1 
∆S = 50 – × 40 – × 60 JK–1 = – 40 JK–1
33. [B]  2 2 
Equivalent of KMnO4 = Eq. of FeC2O4 ∆H = – 20 kJ
mol × x factor = mol × x factor
At equilibrium, T∆S = ∆H
2×5=2×3
6 ∆H – 20 × 103 J
x= = 1.2 or T = = = 500 K
5 ∆S – 40JK –1
34. [C] Substitute the respective values.
a
At high pressures, the term 2 can be neglected 44. [B]
V W = P∆V = – 1 × 0.25 × 101.3 J = – 50.65 J
as compared to P. The equation thus reduces to ∴ ∆E = q + w = 100 – 50.65 = 49.35 J
P(V – b) = RT or PV = RT + Pb.
45. [B]
35. [A] The reaction is endothermic. The extent of reaction
u (SO2 ) T(SO2 ) × M ( He) 1 increases with increase in temperature.
= =
u ( He) T( He) × M (SO 2 ) 2 46. [B] N2O4(g) 2NO2(g)
Square and substitute the values 0.5 2× 0.5 1
Eq. conc. = 0.1 = = 0.2
300 × 64 5 5 5
T(SO 2 ) = = 1200 K.
4× 4 [ NO 2 ]2 (0.2) 2
K= = = 0.4
36. [B] [ N 2O 4 ] (0.1)
nRT Kw
PV = nRT or V = 47. [B] Kh = , for salts of weak acids with
P Ka
Now for a fixed number of moles at a given
temperature smaller the value of P, larger will be 1× 10 –14
strong bases = = 5.56 × 10–10.
the value of V. Thus, for the given isobars, 1.8 × 10 –5
P1 < P2 < P3.
48. [C] Factual
37. [A]
3 49. [C]
For bcc unit cell, d = ×a
2 After long time whole of A would change into B
2d 2× 173 and C. On decomposition one mole of A changes
or a = = = 200 pm
3 3 into three moles of B and C. Therefore,
270
Initial pressure of A = = 90 mm
3

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 99 APRIL 2011

 Suppose after 10 minutes pressure of A falls by x 57. [B]
mm. In that case pressure of B and C would be 2x 1
and x mm respectively. m mols of HCl = 55 × = 5.5
5
Total pressure = (90 – x) + 2x + x = (90 + 2x) mm
90 + 2x = 176 mm 1
m mols of NaOH = 45 × = 4.5
2x = (176 – 90) mm 10
x = 43 m mols of HCl left unreacted = 5.5 – 4.5 = 1
Pressure of A after 10 minutes = (90 – x) mm 1.0
= (90 – 46) = 47 mm [HCl] = M = [H3O+]
100
[H3O+] = 0.01 M, pH = 2.
50. [D]
∆P WB M A WB M A
= or MB = 58. [D]
Pº M B WA WA (∆P / P º )
PbI2 Pb2+ + 2I–
2.5 × 78 × 640
= = 80 (s) s 2s
39 × 40 2+
[Pb ] = 0.2 M
51. [A] [I–] = 2s
Cu2+ + e → Cu+; E1º = 0.15 V Ksp = [Pb2+][I–]2 = [s + 0.2] [2s]2
1/ 2
∴ ∆Gº1 → –1 × 0.15 × F = – 0.15 F  K sp 
Cu+ + e– → Cu; Eº2 = 0.5 V Ksp = 0.8 s ⇒ s = 
2

 0.8 
∴ ∆Gº2 = –1 × 0.50 × F = – 0.5 F
Cu2+ + 2e– → Cu; Eº3 = ?
∴ Gº3 = – 2 × Eº3 × F = – 2Eº3 F 59. [D]
Also, ∆Gº3 = ∆Gº1 + ∆Gº2 = – 0.15 F – 0.5 F If atomic mass of A and B are a and b respectively,
= 0.65 F Molar mass of AB2 = (a + 2b)g mol–1
Now – 2Eº3F = – 0.65 F Molar mass of B = (a + 4b)g mol–1
0.65 5.1× 1× 1000
or Eº3 = = 0.325 V. ∆Tb (for AB2) = = 2.3 … (i)
2 20.0 × (a + 2b)
52. [B] 5.1× 1× 1000
∆Tb (for AB4) = = 1.3 … (ii)
1000 1000 20 × (a + 4b)
Λm = K × = 19.5 × 10–5 × = 19.5,
M 0.01 Solving (i) and (ii) for a and b
19.5 a = 25.49, b = 42.64.
α= = 0.05.
390

53. [A]; 54. [D] 60. [B]

0.0591
Eº = log K eq … (i)
55. [B] 2
XY2(g) XY(g) + Y(g)
0.0591 10 –3
600 mm — — Eº = E – log – 2 (Nernst Eq.)
(600 – p) mm p mm p mm 2 10
Total pressure = (600 – p) + p + p = 800 0.0591
p = (800 – 600) mm = 200 mm = 0.2905 + = 0.32 V
2
p XY2 = 600 – 200 = 400 mm Now applying equation (i)
pXY = 200 mm 0.0591
pY= 200 mm 0.032 = log K
2
p ×p 200 × 200
Kp = XY Y = = 100 mm. 0.32 × 2 0.32
p XY2 400 or log K = =
0.0591 0.0295
56. [A] 0.32

NH3 + HCl → NH4Cl or K = 10 .0295

0

t = 0; 0.2 × 50 0.1 × 50
(milimol) = 10 =5 0
t : 5 0 5

basic buffer

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 100 APRIL 2011

 1 2 1
MATHEMATICS (Part-C) ⇒ = –
c b a
x y 2 1
61. [B] Equation of line + + – =0
a b b a
A = iB
1 1
A2 = –B2 (x –1) + (y + 2) = 0 passes through (1, –2)
a b
− 2 2 
A2 =  =–B
2

 2 − 2  65. [A]
 1 − 1 Σfx 2  Σfx 
2
A2 = – 2  =–B
2
σ2 = –  
− 1 1  Σf  Σf 
A2 = –2B = –B2 Q Σf = nC0 + nC1 + ……+nCn = 2n
A4 = (–2B)2 = 4B2 = 4(2B) = 8B n
A8 = 64 B2 = 64(2B) = 128 B Σf x2 = ∑r
r =1
2 n
Cr = n(n –1).2n–2 + n.2n–1
A 2
Σfx n(n + 1)
62. [A] =
Σf 4
Σfx n
=
Σf 2
B C
n2 + n n2 n
⇒ BA = BC + CA = BC – AC σ2 = – =
r r r 4 4 4
c f 2c
= r – r – r
|c | | f | |c | 66. [A]
r r ex sin x = 1
 c f  sin x = e–x
=–  r + r 
 | c | | f |  Consider f (x) = sin x –e–x
continuous and differentiable
 r 2 r 2
 c f  f ′(x) = cos x + e–x = 0
⇒ BA . BC = –  r − r  = 0 = ex cos x + 1 = 0
 | c | | f | 
 Hence, ex cos x + 1 = 0 have at least one root
∴ ∠ABC = 90° ⇒ cos 2B = –1 between two root of ex sin x = 1
Now, cos 2A + cos 2B + cos 2C
= 2 cos (A + C). cos (A – C) 67. [A]
= 2 cos 90°. cos (A – C) f ′(x) > 0, g′(x) < 0 ⇒ fog ↓
=0 ⇒ gof ↓
Q ∠A + ∠C = 90° = ∠B
∴ ∑ cos 2A = –1
fog/gof
63. [A]
Equation can be written as x –1 x x +1
dy fog (x) > fog (x + 1)
x4. cos y. + 4x3. sin y = x. ex
dx
d 4 π
(x . sin y)= x. ex 68. [C] Q0<x≤
dx 2
⇒ 0 ≤ cos x < 1
∫ xe
x
x4. sin y = . dx
⇒ [cos x] = 0
x4. sin y = (x –1) ex + C f (x) = 1 + 0 = 1
y (1) = 0 ⇒ C = 0  π
So solution is sin y = x–4 (x –1) ex continuous in  0, 
 2
64. [C] when x = 0; x [cos x] is zero
a, b, c are in H.P.  π
Hence continuous in 0, 
1 1 2  2
+ =
a c b

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 101 APRIL 2011

69. [B] y = e4x + 2 x2 x2
at x = 0; y = e0 + 2 = 3 Note that as → 0 and as →0
x →∞ ex x →∞ e2x
dy
& = 4e4x + 0
dx 1  x2  x
1+  1 + x
− 1 1+ x
dy x e  e = 1 =l
= 4e0 = 4 = lim = lim
dx ( 0,3) x →∞ 1 x 4  x → ∞ x3 2
2 + 1 + 2 x − 1 2 + 2x
tangent y –3 = 4(x – 0) x e  e
4x – y + 3 = 0
0−0+3 3 ln ( x 2 + e x ) 1
Length of tangent from (0, 0) = = Similarly lim 4 2x
= =m
x →−∞ ln ( x + e ) 2
16 + 1 17
Hence l = m
70. [A] T2010 – T′2010 = T20 – T′20 = 20
(Q both AP have same common difference) 75. [A]
~ means Negative sense
x y z
71. [A] + + =1 … (1) ∨ means 'or'
a b c so ~ p ∨ q means
Intercept form of the plane
Ajay is not tall or he is intelligent.
Q Dc's of the normal of the plane (1)
1 1 1
is ⇒ , , 76. [D] x = 45
a b c n = 100
& Dc's of the y-axis ⇒ 0, 1, 0
Q plane (1) is parallel to y- axis ∑ x = 4500 + (19 +31) – (91 + 13)
i

⇒ a1a2 + b1b2 + c1c2 = 0 = 4500 –54

1 1 1 = 4446
 a (0) + b (1) + c (0) = 0
⇒ 
1 (New) x =
∑x i
=
4446
= 44.46
 =0 100 100
 b
x z a = 4 77. [A]
By (1) ⇒ + =1 Q 
4 3 b = 3 Q
72. [D] •C2
By circulant determinant property
x+3+6=0
x=–9
P(2 + 3 , 3)
73. [D] ln (cot–1x) > 0
–1
cot x > 1 C1•(2, 4)
x < cot 1
∴ domain (–∞, cot 1)
Given circle
x2 + y2 –4x – 8y + 16 = 0
ln ( x 2 + e x )
74. [A] lim equation of tangent at P(2 + 3 , 3)
x →∞ ln ( x 4 + e 2 x )
⇒T=0
 x2 
ln e x 1 + x  x 3 – y –2 3 = 0
= lim  e 
Slope of PQ = 3 ⇒ tan θ = 3
x →∞  x4 
ln e 2 x 1 + 2 x  θ= π 3
 e 
1/ x
C2 = (2 + 2cos π/3, 4 + 2 sin π/3)
 x2   x2 
x + ln 1 + x  1 + ln 1 + x  (3, 4 + 3 ), r = 2
= lim  e  =  e 
Equation (x –3) + (y – (4 + 3 ))2 = 4
2
1/ x
x →∞  x4   4 
2 x + ln 1 + 2 x  2 + ln 1 + x 
 e   e2x 
 

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 102 APRIL 2011

78. [C] y2 = 8x 4
C4 + 4 C4 1
a=2 81. [C] Required probability = =
2× 2× 2× 2 8

Q(2t12, 4t1)  x2 +1

82. [D] Put t = tan–1  

 x 
P(h, k) • dt
=
1  1 
× 1 − 2 
dx 2
 x2 +1  x 
R(2t22, 4t2) 1 +  

 x 
h = 2t1t2 …(1) x2 −1
dt = dx
k = 2(t1+ t2) …(2) x 4 + 3x 2 + 1
m1 = 2m2
( x 2 − 1) dx
 dy 
  = 2 
 dy  ∴ ∫  x2 +1
 dx  R  dx  Q ( x 4 + 3x 2 + 1) tan −1  

4 4  x 
= 2. dt
4t 2
1 2
4t1 = ∫t
= log t + C
=  x2 +1
t2 t1 = log tan–1  +C

t1 = 2t2  x 
k
k = 6t2 ⇒ t2=
6 83. [C]
h= 4t22 basket ball n(S)=880
2
k 216
h = 4. 40
36 56 24 160 hockey
k2 = 9h 128 16
Locus y2 = 9x
Cricket
79. [A] boys who didn't play any game
x y = 880 – (224 + 200 + 216)
Tangent cos θ + =1
3 3 sin θ = 880 – 640
sum of intercept = 240
3 3 1
S= +  x(2 − x) x < 1
cos θ sin θ 84. [B] f (x) = 
 2 − x x >1
= 3 3 sec θ + cosec θ
ds f(x) is meeting x-axis at x = 0 & x = 2
=0 1 2
dθ
⇒ 3 3 sec θ tan θ – cosec θ cot θ = 0
area = ∫
0
∫
x(2 − x) dx + 2 − x dx
1

3 3 sin θ cos θ
⇒ – =0
cos 2 θ sin 2 θ
⇒ 3 3 sin3 θ – cos3 θ = 0
1 1 π
⇒ tan3 θ = ⇒ tan θ = ⇒θ=
3 3 3 6
O (1, 0) (2, 0)
80. [B]
In (1 + x + y – z)9, coefficient of x3y4z π 2 1
= (1) + (1 ×1)
= coefficient of u0x3y4z1 in (u + x + y –z)9 4 2
9!(−1)1 −9 ! π 1
= = = –2. 9C2. 7C3 = +
0! 3!4! 1! 3 ! 4 ! 4 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 103 APRIL 2011

85. [B] 89. [C]
2
x 1 + sin4x = cos23x
In 0 < x < 1 ⇒ < x2 < x
2 sin4x + (1 – cos23x) = 0
x2 sin2x [(3 – 4 sin2x)2+ sin2 x] = 0
⇒– > –x2 > – x
2 Q sin2x = 0
2 2
⇒ e−x /2
> e − x > e–x sin x = 0
1 1 1 x = nπ; n ∈ I
∫ ∫ ∫
2 2
⇒ e −x /2
dx > e − x dx > e − x dx Put n = –2, n = –1, n = 0, n = 1, n = 2
0
2
0 0
x = –2π, x = –π, x = 0, x = π, x = 2π
Also cos x ≤ 1 so
1 1 1
90. [D] Total five solutions.
∫ ∫ ∫
2 2 2
e −x /2
dx > e − x . dx > e − x . cos 2 x dx >
0 0 0
1

∫e
−x
. cos 2 x dx
0
Human Quick Facts
A 2i
1. One human hair can support 3kg.
P(z)
86. [A] i
π
2. Humans are the only animals that cry tears and
–θ
2
blush.
θ
O Real axis
3. It takes the interaction of 72 different muscles
to produce human speech.
|z –i| = 1 and arg (z) = θ (θ ∈ (0, π/2))
represents semicircle. 4. If the normal one hundred thousand hairs on a
Apply rotation theorem at O head were woven into a rope, it could support a
OA OA weight of more than twelve tons.
= . ei(π/2 –θ)
OP OP 5. The fingernail grows about 1.5 inches per year.
 π  OP  6. The total amount of skin covering an adult
 cos − θ  = 
 2  OA  human weighs 6 lbs.
 
 ⇒ sin θ = OP = | z |  7. The average person flexes the joints in their
 OA 2 
 fingers 24 million times during a lifetime.
2i 2  π  π 
⇒ = cos − θ  + i sin  − θ  8. Each person inhales about seven quarts of air
z | z |   2   2  every minute.
2i 1
⇒ = [sin θ + i cos θ] 9. On average, we breathe between 12 and 18
z sin θ
times a minute.
2 2
(Mult. by i) ⇒ – = i – cot θ ⇒ cot θ − = i
z z 10. The average guy will grow about 27 feet of hair
out of his face during his lifetime.
87. [B]
The negation of ~ [~(p ∧ r)∨ q) = (p ∧ r) ∧ ~ q 11. Approximately 1 out of 25 people suffers from
so, statement-I and II are correct but statement-II is asthma.
not the correct explanation for statement-I
12. The average man sweats 2 1/2 quarts every day.
88. [C]
A selection of four vertices of a polygon gives an 13. One out of every hundred American citizens is
interior intersection. color blind.
∴ The number of sides = n ⇒ nC4 = 70
n=8 14. An average person laughs about 15 times a day.
∴ The number of diagonals = nC2 – n = 8C2 – 8= 20
15. A human heart beats 100,000 times a day.
Statement-I is false and Statement-II is true.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 104 APRIL 2011

 SOLUTION FOR MOCK TEST
PAPER - II
BIT-SAT
v + v0 ν´ v − v0
PHYSICS 6. [C] v´ =
v − vs
v We get
ν
=
v − vs

1.[B] In case of damped vibrations, amplitude decreases 9 340 + v´

i.e. = ∴ (v0 = vs = v´)
exponentially with time 8 340 − v´
A i.e. v´ = 20 ms–1
∴ A = A0e–bt or = e–bt
A0 I2 I2
7. [A] Ilog = dB; i.e. 4 = 10 log
1 A´ I1 (10 × 10 −9 × 10 4 )
or = eb×2 and = e–b×b
2 A0 Then I2 = 2.5 × 10–4 Wm–2
3
A´ 1 1 8. [A] Here work done = pdv and area under the curve
or = (e–2b)3 =   =
A0 2 8 given work done
∴ 10 + WCA = 5 or WCA = –5 J
1 1 1 1
2.[C] Here = + + + ....... ∞ 9. [C] For equilibrium
ke k 2k 4k
F = qE = mg
1 1 1 1  1/ 3
=  + + + ......∞  4 3  3neE 
k 1 2 4  or neE = πr ρg or r =  
3  4πρg 
1 1  2 k
=   = i.e. ke =
1.5 + 1.5 − 1.5
k  1−1/ 2  k 2 10. [A] i = = 0.5 A
1+1+1
1 1 As the current has to from A to C to B,
3.[ B] KEmax = kA2 = Mω2A2
2 2 for kirchhoff's law,
1 VA = 0.5 × 1 + 1.5 = 1V (Q v = E – ir)
8 × 10–3 = × 1 × ω2 × (0.1)2
2 VB = 0.5 × 1 + 1.5 = 1V
ω = 4 rad/sec VC = 0.5 × 1 – (–1.5) = 2V
y = A sin(ωt + φ) or y = 0.1 sin (4t + π/4) 11. [D] R = R1 + (273 – T) α ...(i)
→ → → → or 2R = R0[1 + T´α] ...(ii)
4. [B] Here L = m ( r × v ) = m v y(– k ) 1 1(273 - T)α
Deciding (i) by (ii) =
(Where y is the vertical distance of particle from 2 1 + T´α
x axis)
or 1 + T´α = 2 + (273 – T)2α
→
Here m,v and y all are fixed so L . remains (273 - T)2α + 1
or T´ =
constant. α

5. [B] Using, weight of floating body = weight of liquid 2E

12. [A] Current, I =
displaced. R + r1 + r2
V V 2Er1
we get V ρ g =   (13.6) g – (0.8g) P.O. across cell 1 = Ir1 =
2 2 R + r1 + r2
(buoyant forces of mercury and oil act in opposite For zero p.d. the fall of potential should be equal
direction) to in emf.
13.6 − 0.8 2Er1
Then, ρ = = 6.4 E= i.e. R = r1 – r2
2 R + r1 + r2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 105 APRIL 2011

13. [B] Point P lies on the arms CD and AF so inclusion 18. [D] Reflection of light from plane mirror gives
at P due to them is zero. additional path difference of λ/2 between two
Magnetic induction at p due to currents in AB and waves.
BC is given by 3λ π
∴ Total path difference = + = 2λ
µ 0i 2 2
B1 = B2 = sin 45º
4π(2a ) which satisfy the condition of maxima.
µ 0i Resultant intensity ∝ (A2 + A2) [Q I ∝ Α2]
= (Q distance of p from AB or BC is 2a) 4Α2 = 4Ι
8 2 πa
similarly due to DE and EF
λ 2 ( λ 0 − λ1 ) 2
µ i µ0i 19. [B] Here =
B3 = B4 = 0 sin 45º = ⊗ λ1 ( λ 0 − λ 2 ) 1
4πa 4 2 πa
Net induction = 2(B1 – B3) 5.4 (λ 0 − 3.5 × 10 −7 ) 2
or −7
=
3.7 (λ 0 − 5.4 × 10 ) 1
µ 0i µ 0i 2µ 0 i
=2 – =– or λ0 = 11.8 × 10–7 m
8 2 πa 4 2 πa 8πa
hc (6.6 × 10 −34 )(3 × 108 )
2π But ω = =
14. [C] v = rω = r × λ 0 (11.8 × 10 − 7 )(1.6 × 10 −19 )
T
= 1.05 eV
2πr 2πm km
or T = = =
v qB q 20. [D] Let whole the energy of electrons be converted in
Now mα = 4mp and qα = 2qv x-rays. eV = hv
mp m hc
Tp = k and Tα = k α or eV =
qα qα λ

4m P m hc (6.6 × 10 −34 )(3 × 108 )

=k = 2k P or λ = =
2q P qα eV (1.0 × 10 −19 )(40 × 10 3 )

1 i.e. λ = 3.1 × 10–11 m or λ = 0.31 Å

⇒ Tα = 2Tp or Tp = Tα
2 α −
β
15. [D] i = i0(1 – e–t/τ) 21. [A] Here 88Ra222 → 86R
218
→ 87Fr
218

−
α 214 β 214 α 210
 12  8.4×10 −3  → 85Al → 80Rn → 84PO
v
L
−t / −t 
i = 1 − e R  = 1− e 6
 =1
α
→ 206
R   6   82Pb
    4α deceys and 2β decays.
(Q i = 1A given)
⇒ t = 0.97 × 10–3 s , i.e. t ≈ 1ms π
22. [A] A1 = 4, A2 = 3 and θ = = 90º
2
16. [A] Optical distance between fish and the bird is ∴ Resultant amplitude,
Differentiating w.r.t.
ds dy´ µdy Α= A12 + A 22 + 2A1A 2 cos 90º = A12 + A 22
= +
dt dt dt = 4 2 + 32 = 25 = 5 unit
4 dy
i.e. 9 = 3 +
3 dt 23. [C] Using d sin θ = nλ
dx 3 λ
or =6× = 4.5 ms–1 sin θ = θ =
dt 4 D
 µg  1 dy nD
1 1  ∴ = nλ or y = λ
17. [A] =  −1  −  D d
f  µm   R1 R 2 
1× 2 × (6 × 10 −7 )
1  1.5   1 1 1 i.e. = 1.2 × 10–3 = 1.2 mm
= −1 ×  −  = 1× 10 −3
f  1.75   − R R  3.5R
Distance between first minima on either side of
i.e. f = 3.5 R. centrar maxima ∆y = 2y = 2.4 mm
In the medium it behaves as a convergent lens.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 106 APRIL 2011

24. [B] For constructive inteference Putting t = 10
Imax = ( I1 + I 2 ) =(
2
2I + I )
2
 10 
x = 10 × 10 1 −  = 0
For destuctive interference  10 

Imin = ( I1 − I 2 ) =(
2
2I − I ) 2

30. [A] using h =

1 2
gt , we get t1 =
2h
2 2 g
I min ( 2I − I ) 2  2 − 1  1
Then = = = let t1 be the time taken from instants of jumping to
I max ( 2I + I ) 2   34
1+ 2  the opening of parachute, then

25. [B] Using decay equation 2 × 40

t1 = = 2.86 sec
A2 = A1e–λt 9.8
A A His velocity at this point is given by
or e–λt = 2 or λt = log 1 v12 = 2gh1 = 2 × 9.8 × 40
A1 A2
= 784 or v1 = 28 ms–1
log A1 / A 2 A  for the remaining journey,
time t = = 1.44T loge  1 
λ  A2  v = v1 + at2
v−u 2 − 28
or t2 = = = 13sec
(4πa 2 )σ k (4πb 2 )σ k (4πc 2 )σ a −2
26. [B] Vx = k – +
a b b ∴ total time = t1 + t2 = 2.86 + 13
1  1  = 15.86 ≅ 16 s
= 4π σ(a – b + c) Q k = 
4πε 0  4πε 0 
  31. [B] Let u be the velocity of projectile w.r.t. tanks
σ velocity v then
= (a – b + c)
ε0 ux = u cos 30 + v; uy = u sin 30º
2u sin 30º
and T =
27. [D] Let the given quantity be x1 then, g
π π 2u sin 30º
x = (a2 – b2)h = (a2h – b2h) Range, R1 = uxT = (u cos 30º + v)
3 3 g
π 2 π 2 for y axis
= ah– b h
3 3 ux´ = u cos 30º – v and uy´ = u sin 30º
Each term has the dimension of x1 then 2u sin 30º
T=
[x] = [a2h] = [L2L] = [L3] and also g
[x] = [b2h] = [L2L] = [L3] quantity is volume. Range e, R2 = Tu´x
2u sin 30º
A x U( x 2 + B) = (u cos 30º – v)
28. [B] U = or A = g
x2 + B x
4u 2
Here dimensions of x2 and B should be same. Then R1 + R2 = (sin 30º cos 30º)
i.e. [B] = [x2] = [L2] g
 ML2 T −2  4u
R1 – R2 = v sin 30º
Also [A] =  1/ 2  [L2] = [ML7/2T–2] g
 L 
Eliminating u we get
Then [AB] = [ML7/2T–2] [L2] = [ML11/2T–2
g (R 1 − R 2 ) 2
v2 =
 t dx  t 4 tan 30 (R 1 + R 2 )
29. [A] v = u 1 −  or = u 1 − 
 t´  dt  t´  10 (250 − 200) 2
= = 24 m2s–2
 t 2  4 tan 30 (250 + 200)
integrating, x = u  t − +C
 2t´  ⇒ 4.9 ms–1
 
at t = 0, n = 0 and c = 0 32. [D] Let α be the angle between velocities of pair of
 particles then relative velocity is given by
t 2   t´ 
∴ x = ut − = 10t  t −  α
 2t´   10  vr = v 2 + v 2 − 2 v × v × cos α = 2 v sin
  2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 107 APRIL 2011

 2π m2)g is den sped. The block m1 will have no
2v(sin α / 2) 4
average vr = ∫ 2π
dα =
π
v resultant acceleration where as m2 does have an
(m1 − m 2 )g
0
∫ dα
0
upward acceleration given by
m2

33. [B] For quarter revolution

1/ 2
→ → →  2pt 
∆ V = V2 – V1 38. [A] Here v =  
→ →
 M 
angle between V1 and V2 is 90º ds  2pt 
1/ 2

N or = 
v1 dt  M 
1/ 2
 2pt 
v2 or ds =   dt
W E  M 
a 1/ 2
 2p  2 3/2
integrating s =   t +C
–v1 M 3
S at t = 0, S = 0, so c = 0
1/ 2
∴ ∆v = v 22 + v12 = v2 + v2 = 2V  8p 
S=   t3/2
v  9M 
Also tan–1 = 45º
v
→ 39. [B] Let a small displacement be given to the system
∴ ∆v = 2 v south west in vertical plane of frame such that ST remains
horizontal then let vertical displacement of
34. [D] For vertical motion
centres of rods up and QR be y then vertical
1 displacment of centres of VT and RS will be 3y
H = gt2 or t = 2H / g
2 and that of TS will be 4y. Equating total vertical
For horizontal motion, distance covered is given work to zero we get
by
2πrn = ut P Q
y
or 2πrn = u 2H / g W
y
4 W W W R
or u = 2H / g y
2πr y
35. [A] On descending W
W
(Mg – f) – Ma = 0 T S
(where f is the upthrust due to buoyancy) W
On ascending,
f – (M – m)g – (M – m)a = 0 (w + w)δy + (w + w)3 δy + w(4δy) – T(4δy) = 0
 2a  or 2w + 6w + 4w = 4T or T = 3w
m =   M
a+g 40.[A] Normal reaction R = mg = 2 × 9.8 N
Frictional force,
36. [A] The masses will be lifted if the 50 N
tension of the string is more than F = µR = 0.2 × 2 × 9.8 = 3.92 N
the gravitational pull of mass. Distance traveled
50 – 2T = 0 or T = 25N 2 × 5 = 10 m
So, 5 kg weight cannot be lifted ∴ Work done = f × s = 3.92 × 10
but 2 kg weight will be lifted = 39.2 J
25 – 20 = 2a
5
or a = = 2.5 ms–2
2
37. [A] On cutting of string QR, the
20 N 50 N CHEMISTRY
resultant force on m1 remains zero because its
weight mg is balanced by the tension is the spring 1.[D] Fe2O3 + 3CO → 2Fe + 3CO2
but on block m2 a resultant upward Force (m1 – 160 g 112 g

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 108 APRIL 2011

 100 × 80 ∴ Valence factor (FeC2O4) = 1 + 2 = 3
Pure Fe2O3 in ore = = 80 kg
10 M
∴ E( FeC2O4) =
Iron produced from 80 kg of Fe2O3 3
112
= × 80 = 56 kg 9.[D] The fractional of total volume occupied in simple
160 3
h 4 a
2.[D] ∆v = π 
4πm(∆x ) volume of particles 3 2 π
cube = = =
volume of cube a3 6
6.626 × 10 –34
=
4(3.14)(9.11× 10 – 31 )(10 −10 × 0.1)
10.[A] Cu2+ + e– → Cu+ ; E10 = 0.15 V
= 5.79 × 106 ms–1
∴ ∆G10 = –1 × 0.15 × F = – 0.15 F
3.[B] Given n = 0.5
Cu+ + e– → Cu ; E02 = 0.5 V
 n 2a 
Then  P + 2  (V – nb) = nRT ∴ ∆G 02 = – 1 × 0.5 × F = – 0.5 F
 V 
2
Cu2+ + 2e– → Cu ; E 30 = ?
(0.5) a
⇒ [P + ] [V – 0.5b] = 0.5 RT ∴ ∆G 30 = – 2 × E 30 × F = – 2F E 30
V2
 a  Also, ∆G 30 = ∆G10 + ∆G 02
⇒ P +  (2V – b) = RT
 4V 2  = – 0.15 F + (– 0.5 F)
= – 0.65 F
4.[B] N2O4(g) 2NO2(g) Now – 2 E 30 F = – 0.65 F
n0 : 1 0
ne : 1 – 0.5 2 × 0.5 0.65
or E 30 = = 0.325 F
= 0.5 1 2
0. 5 1
Ce : M 11.[A] 4hrs = 4 half lives
5 5 1 1 1 1
= 0.1 M = 0.2 M 1 →
t1/ 2

t1/ 2
→ t→
1/ 2 t1/ 2
→

2 4 8 16
[ NO 2 ]2 (0.2) 2 0.04 4
then KC = = = = 0.4 1 1
[ N 2O 4 ] (0.1) 0 .1 fraction left after 4 half lives = or  
16 2
HClO < HClO 2 < HClO 3 < HClO 4 1 15
5.[A] → fraction reacted in 4 half lives = 1 – =
Acidic strength 16 16
Weakest acid has strongest conjugate base. 12.[B] A solution showing +ve deviation has higher
vapour pressure and lower boiling point.
6.[C] HCl : NA × VA = (0.4 × 1) × 50 = 20 meq.
NaOH : NB × VB = (0.2) × 50 = 10 meq.
13.[C] In multi molecular solutions the different layers
Q NAVA > NBVB hold each other through van der Waal's forces.
N V − N B VB 20 − 10
∴ [H+] = A A =
VA + VB 100 14.[A] CS2 + 3O2 → CO2 + 2SO2 ; ∆rH = ?
–1
= 0.1 M = 10 M, ∴ pH = 1 ∆rH° = Σ∆ f H (0P ) – Σ∆f H (0R )
7.[D]
(–2)
= [2(– 297) + (– 393)] – (117)
O = – 1104 kJ mol–1
(+1) (–1) (+1)
H – O – O – S(x) – O – H 15.[C] Aspirin chemically acetyl salicylic acid
(–1) (–2) OCOCH3
O
(–2) COOH
2(+1) + 2 (– 1) + x + 3(–2) = 0
⇒x=+6
NH2
8.[C]
(+2)(+3) 3+ (+4) 0 − 5° C
16.[A] + NaNO2 + 2HCl  
→
FeC2O4 → Fe3+ + CO2
–1e

–2e

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 109 APRIL 2011

 N2Cl 27.[B] NaCl + H2SO4 → NaHSO4 + HCl
K2Cr2O7 + 2H2SO4 → 2KHSO4 + 2CrO3 + H2O
+ 2H2O + NaCl
CrO3 + 2HCl → CrO2Cl2
orange red vapour
(CH3)2N H + Cl – N = N −HCl
→
28.[C]
en + en +
(CH3)2N N=N Cl
Cl
O :O– OC2H5 Co Co
17.[A] R – C – O – C2H5 + CH3MgBr →
Cl
en Cl en
R CH3
O Cis-d-isomer Cis-l-isomer
CH MgX
  − → R – C
−C 2 H 5O CH3
3→ 29.[B] 2MnO −4 + 16H+ + C 2 O −4 →2Mn2+ +2CO2 + 8H2O

XMgO CH3 HO CH3 30.[C] Lanthanoid contraction takes place.

HOH / H +
  
→
31.[D] In nitrogen d orbital is absent.
R CH3 R CH3
32.[A] HNO3 is acidic in nature.
18.[C] It is cannizzaro reaction
CHO COO– CH2OH 33.[A] 2KBr + H2SO4 → K2SO4 + 2HBr
KOH
→ + 34.[A] Due to formation of chelate compound it act as
∆
Cl Cl Cl strong acid and proceed in forward direction.
CH – O O – CH
B +H+
CH – O O – CH
19.[C] Phenol is less acidic than acetic acid and
p-nitrophenol. NaOH Na2S2O3
35.[B] Na2SO3 + S  
→
Sod. thiosulphate
OH O – C2H5

20.[A] + C2H5I →

Anhy. 36.[D] Critical temperature of water is more than O2 due
C 2 H 5OH to its dipole moment (Dipole moment of water
40% H 2SO 4 = 1.84 D, Dipole moment of O2 = 0D.)
21.[C] CH ≡ CH CH2 = CH – OH
1% HgSO 4 37.[D] By the process of zone refining, semiconductors
Keto − enol tautomerism like Si, Ge and Ga are purified.
      
→ CH3 – C – H
O
Acetaldehyde 38.[C] Half filled orbitals are more stable in comparison
of partial filled.
22.[C] The rate of nitration is greater in
hexadeuterobenzene 39.[A] The dipole moment of
CH4 = 0
23.[D] Halogenation on alkene occurs by electrophilic NF3 = 0.2 D
addition. NH3 = 1.47 D
24.[A] Twisted boat is chiral as it does not have plane of H2O = 1.85 D
symmetry.
40.[A] Molecule existence is possible in such case when
no. of bonding electron is greater than
25.[C] C – CH3 antibonding.
O
Acetophenone has highest dipole moment.
O CH3
26.[A] C N
CH3
N,N-dimethyl cyclopropane carboxamide.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 110 APRIL 2011

 6. [B] Equation of angle bisector of the pair of straight
MATHEMATICS x2 − y2 xy
lines is =
a−b −h
1.[D] Clearly all term can Neither be positive nor
negative ⇒ hx2 + (a – b)xy – hy2 = 0
2
T1001 = sin log101000 = sin 3 > 0 y  y
⇒ h + (a – b) – h  = 0
T10001 = sin log1010000 = sin 4 > 0 x x
∴ (0 < 2 < π & π < 4 < 2π) Now, y = mx is one of the bisector
2. [A] sin x < x < tan x in (0, 1) ⇒ tan–1x < x < sin–1 x ∴ hm2 – (a – b)m – h = 0
Altiter : h(m2 – 1) = (a – b)m
f (x) = sin–1x – x m2 −1 a−b
⇒ =
1 m h
f '(x) = –1>0∀ x ∈ (0, 1)
1– x2
7.[C] x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 passes through all the
∴ f(x) is increasing function
four quadrants
∴ x > 0 ⇒ f (x) > f (0) = 0
⇒ origin in an interior point
⇒ sin–1 x > x
⇒c<0
Similarly g(x) = x – tan–1 x is increasing fun and x
> 0 ⇒ x – tan–1x > 0
8. [A] two normal are x – 1 = 0 and y – 2 = 0, their point
3.[A] log2 cos x + log2(1 – tan x) + log2(1 + tan x) of intersection (1, 2) is the centre & radius of
– log2 sin x = 1 circle perpendicular distance from centre
2
⇒ log2(1 – tan x) – log2 tan x = 1 (1, 2) on tangent 3x + 4y = 6
(cos x > 0, sin x > 0, – 1 < tan x < 1) 3 + 4. 2 − 6
= =1
1 9 + 16
⇒ (1 – tan2x) × =2
tan x ∴ equation of circle is
tan2x + 2 tan x – 1 = 0 (x – 1)2 + (y – 2)2 = 12
tan x = –1 ± 2 ⇒ x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y + 4 = 0
tan x = 2 – 1 (Q 0 < tan x < 1) ⇒ x = π/8 9.[B] x2 – 4x + 6y + 10 = 0
4. [B] ⇒ (x – 2)2 = –6(y + 1)
P tangent to the vertex is y + 1 = 0
circle drawn on focal distance as diameter always
touch the tangent at the vertex i.e. the line y + 1 = 0.

x2 y2
10. [B] Given ellipse is + =1
α 25 9
B α A
a2 − b2 4
a2 = 25, b2 = 9, e = =
r r a 5
⇒ ae = 4
AB = 2r sin α/2 ∴ Foci of ellipse are (± ae, 0) = (± 4, 0)
α For hyperbola e = 2
h = AB tan α = 2r sin tan α
2 ⇒ 2a = 4 ⇒ a = 2
Also b2 = a2(e2 – 1)
5.[C] Let vertex P be (h, k), then perpendicular distance
of P from the base x = a is |h – a| ⇒ b2 = 4 × 3 = 12
∴ Since length of the base is 2a, we have ∴ equation of hyperbola
1 x2 y2
× 2a|h – a| = a2 – =1
2 4 12
⇒ |h – a| = a (a ≠ 0) ⇒ 3x2 – y2 – 12 = 0
So h – a = – a or h – a = a
∴ h = 0 or h = 2a
∴ locus of P is x = 0 or x = 2a

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 111 APRIL 2011

 → →
 1 a   1 1 a 
11.[B] ∴ α & β are two mutually perpendicular unit = lim  + n  = lim  + + n−1 
vector. n→∞ n n  n →∞  n n −1 n −1 
   
→ →
∴ α × β is a unit vector perpendicular to both  1 1 1 1 a 
= lim  + + .... + + 1 
→ → → → → → n →∞  n n −1 2 1 1
α & β . So we can consider α , β , α × β as  
î , ĵ & k̂ .  1 1 1 
= lim 1 + + + ....  {Q a1 = 1}
Given vector are coplanar so n →∞  1 2 n
 
a a c =e
1 0 1 =0
c c b − 2 ; x < 0

⇒ a(– c) + a(c – b) + c2 = 0 ⇒ c2 = ab 16.[A] 2 sgn 2x =  0 ; x = 0
 2 ; x>0
12. [D] S1 = x2 + y2 + z2 + 2x – 4y – 4z – 7 = 0 
centre C1 = (–1, 2, 2) and radius r1 = 4 4 x ≠ 0
f (x) = |2 sgn 2x| + 2 = 
S2 = x2 + y2 + z2 + 2x – 4y – 16z + 65 = 0 2 x = 0
centre C2 = (–1, 2, 8) radius r2 = 2 ∴ By defining f (0) = 4, f (x) will become
C1C2 = 6; r1 + r2 = 6 continuous function at x = 0 as then
∴ sphere S1 & S2 touches externaly f (0 – 0) = f (0 + 0) = 4
∴ point of contact divides C1C2 in the ratio 4 : 2 Hence at x = 0 f (x) has removable discontinuity
∴ point of contact = (–1, 2, 6)
17.[A] Q 1 < x < 2 ⇒ [x] = 1
4
13.[D] y = f (x) = 3 – π 
x 2 − 4x + 8 ∴ f (x) = cos  − x 3  = sin x3
2
⇒ (3 – y)x – 4(3 – y)x + 20 – 8y = 0 2 
3 2
x∈R ∴D≥0 f ´(x) = cos x . 3x
2/3
⇒ 16(3 – y)2 – 4(3 – y) (20 – 8y) ≥ 0, y ≠ 3  π π π
⇒ f ´  3  = 3 cos .   = 0
⇒ – y2 + 5y – 6 ≥ 0; y ≠ 3  2 2 2
 
⇒ (y – 2) (y – 3) ≤ 0 ⇒ 2≤y<3
18.[C] yex = cos x ...(1)
14. [B] x > 0, g(x) is bounded yex + y1ex = – sin x ...(2)
f ( x)e nx + g ( x) again differentiating
∴ lim
n →∞ 1 + e nx yex + y1ex + y1ex + y2ex = – cos x
f ( x) + g ( x) / e nx yex + 2y1ex + y2ex = – yex (from (1))
lim = f (x) ⇒ 2y + 2y1 + y2 = 0 ...(3)
n →∞ 1 + 1 e nx
again differentiating
g ( x) finite 2y1 + 2y2 + y3 = 0
[g(x) is bounded ⇒ nx
⇒ = 0]
e infinte again differentiating
2y2 + 2y3 + y4 = 0 ...(4)
15.[B] a1 = 1, an = n(1 + an–1) from (1) (2) & (3)
a 4y + y4 = 0
⇒ 1 + an–1 = n
n y4
∴ =–4
 1 1   1  y
∴ lim 1 +  1 +  .... 1 + 
n→∞  a1   a2   an 
19.[A] fog = I ⇒ fog(x) = I(x) = x
 1 + a1   1 + a2 1 + an  ∴ f g (x) = x
lim    .... 
 
n→∞ 
 a1   a2 ⇒ f ´g(x) × g´(x) = 1
  an 
a a a +1 1 ⇒ f ´g(a) × g´(a) = 1
= lim 2 . 3 ........ n . ⇒ f ´(b) × 2 = 1
n→∞ 2 3 n + 1 a1a2 ...a n
1
a n+1 (1 + a n )(1 + n) ⇒ f ´(b) =
= lim = lim 2
n →∞ n + 1 n →∞ n +1

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 112 APRIL 2011

20.[C] Let P(h, k) be one of point of contact then 2
k = sin h ...(1) = (1 + cos2x)3/2 (3 – 2cos2x) + c
5
equation of tangent is y – k = cos h (x – h)
which parries through origin
x2 x4
∴ k = h cos h ...(2) 24.[A] 1 – + – .......... = cos x
from (1) & (2) 3 4

k2
h 2
+ k2 = sin2h + cos2h = 1 ∴ I= ∫ cos x dx = sin x
⇒ k2 + k2h2 = h2 ⇒ x2 – y2 = x2y2 x

∴ locus of (h, k) is x2 – y2 = x2y2

25.[A] lim
∫ π/ 2
(2 −cos t − 1) dt
0
 
π 2
x  π 0
∫
x→
21.[B] x + y = 16, x, y > 0 2
2
 t −  dt
π /4 2
s = x3 + y3 = x3 + (16 – x)3
− cos x
ds 2 −1 2 − cos x ln 2. sin x ln2
= 3x2 – 3(16 – x)2 lim = lim =
dx x→ 
π π x→
π 4x − π π
2  x −  .2 x 2
ds  2 
=0
dx 4 6
2
⇒ x2 = 256 – 32x + x2 ⇒ x = 8  1 n 2  22  n2  32  n2
26.[A] y = lim 1 + 2  1 +  1 + 
d 2s n→∞ n   n2   n2 
= 6x – 6(16 – x) = 6[2x – 16]    
dx 2 2n
at x = 8  n 2  n2
.... 1 + 2 
d 2s d 3s
= 0 and= 12 ≠ 0  n 
dx 2 dx 3 n
 r2  2r
Hence there in no minimum exist. log y = lim
n→∞
r =1
∑
log1 + 2
 n
.
 n2

1 1 2
− − n
 r2  2r 1
a = c3 = 2
∑
2 2
b = lim log1 + 2 .
22.[C]
1 1 1 c  n .n
− − 2
n→∞
r =1  n 
b a c 1

∫ 2 x log(1 + x
1 1 2 2
⇒ + = = ) dx
b a c 0
2ab 2
⇒c=
∫ log t dt = (t log t − t )
2
a+c = 1
∴ c is H.M. of a & b 1
4
= 2 log 2 – 1 = log
e
23.[B] I= ∫ 1 + cos 2 x sin 2x cos 2x dx
⇒ y = 4/e
put 1 + cos2x = t2
⇒ –2sin x cos x dx = 2tdt 27.[B] required area
⇒ – sin 2x dx = 2tdt
1
y = 2x2
∴ I=– ∫ t 2 .(2t dt ).(2 cos 2 x − 1)

∫ t.2t. (2t
2
=– − 3) dt
0 1/√2
 2t 5 3t 3 
= –2  −  +c
 5 3  –1
4
= – (1 + cos2x)5/2 + 2(1 + cos2x)3/2 + c
5 1
1/ 2

∫ 2 x dx
2
 4  –
= (1 + cos2x)3/2 − (1 + cos 2 x) + 2 + c 2 0
 5 

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 113 APRIL 2011

 1 2 3 1/ 2 33.[B] Let G.P. be a + ar + ar2 ......
⇒ – [x ]0 G.P is infinite so – 1 < r < 1
2 3
G.P. is decreasing
1 2 1 2 2 2 ⇒ r > 0 so 0 < r < 1 and therefore a > 0
⇒ – . = =
2 3 2 2 3 2 6 f ´(x) = 3x2 + 3 > 0
⇒ f (x) is strictly increasing function
28.[B] y´´ = (y´ + 3)1/3 ⇒ (y´´)3 = (y´ + 3)2 ∴ f (x)max on [–2, 3] is f (3) = 27 & f ´(0) = 3
a
 d2y 
3 2 ∴ = 27 & a – ar = 3
   dy  dy 1− r
⇒  2  –   –6 –9=0
 dx  dx
  dx 2 4
⇒ r= or Qr<1
∴ order is 2 & degree = 3 3 3
2 2
∴r= & if r = ; a = 9
29.[A] x18 = y21 = z28 3 3
⇒ 18 log x = 21 log y = 28 log z ∴ Sum of first three terms = 9 + 6 + 4 = 19
⇒ logy x = 7/6, logz y = 4/3, logxz = 9/14
Now, 3, 3 logyx, 3 logz7, 7 logx2 34.[B] If z1, z2 & z3 vertex of equilateral triangle then
7 4 9 z12 + z 22 + z 32 = z1z2 + z2z3 + z3z1
= 3, , 3 × , 7×
2 3 14 ∴ (a + i)2 + (1 + ib)2 + 0 = (a + i) (1 + ib) + 0 + 0
7 9 ⇒ a2 – 1 + 2ia + 1 – b2 + 2ib = a + iba + i – b
= 3, , 4, ⇒ a2 – b2 + i(2a + 2b) = a – b + i(ab + 1)
2 2
which are in A.P. on comparing
a2 – b2 = a – b and 2a + 2b = ab + 1
30.[B] log2x + log2y ≥ 6 ⇒ (a – b) (a + b – 1) = 0 & 2a + 2b = ab + 1
Here x > 0, y > 0 ⇒ a = b or a + b = 1 ....(1)
∴ log2xy ≥ 6 ⇒ xy ≥ 26 ⇒ 2a + 2b = ab + 1 .... (2)
⇒ xy ≥ 64 Now from (1) take a = b put in (2)
Now, A.M ≥ G.M. 2 a + 2a = a 2 + 1
x+ y ⇒ a2 – 4a + 1 = 0 ⇒ a = 2 ± 3
∴ ≥ (xy)1/2
2 Qa<1⇒a=2– 3
⇒ x + y ≥ 2(64)1/2
Q a=2– 3 &a=b=2– 3
x+y≥2×8
⇒ x + y ≥ 16 It we take a + b = 1 & put in (2) then it becomes
ab = 0 which not possible because a & b lies
∴ (x + y)min = 16
between 0 and 1
31.[A] f (x) = x3 + x2 + 10x + sin x n  1  3  r  7  r 
f´(x) = 3x2 + 2x + 10 + cos x 35.[A] S = ∑ (−1) r  r +   +   + .... nCr
 2 4 8 
2 r =0 
 1 29
= 3 x +  + + cos x > 0 ∀ x n n r
1 3
 3 3 = ∑ (−1) r
2r
.n C r + ∑ (−1) r .  .n C r
4
⇒ f (x) is strictly increasing r =0 r =0

Also x → ∞ ⇒ f (x) → ∞, n
7
r

x → – ∞ ⇒ f (x) → – ∞ + ∑
r =0
(−1) r .  .n C r + ....
8
∴ f (x) has only one real root.
n n n
 1  3  7
= 1 −  + 1 −  + 1 −  + .....
32.[B] Let roots be (2k – 1) & (2k + 1) k ∈ N  2  4  8
b 1 1 1 1
the Sum of roots : 4k = – = n + 2n + 3n + ..... = n
a 2 2 2 2 −1
+
Q a ∈ R , b < 0 as k ≥ 1
We have – b = 4ak ⇒ – b ≥ 4a
⇒ |b| ≥ 4a {b < 0 ∴ |b| = – b}

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 114 APRIL 2011

36.[B] The general term in the expansion of 41.[C] A is idenpotent ⇒ A2 = A
n 1 x  1 x  1 3 x 
(x1 + x2 + ...xn)n given ..... . A2 =     =   ≠A
p1 p 2 ... p n 0 2  0 2  0 4 
x1p1 x2p2 .... xmpm , ∴ not possible for any x
p1 + p2 + p3 .... + pm = n 42.[A] for any a ∈ z ⇒ a = 20a
Now in (1 + x + y – z)9, coefficient of x3y4z ⇒aRa∀a∈z
= coeft of u0x3.y4z1 in (u + x + y – z)9 ∴R is reflexive
9 a R b ⇒ a = 2kb, k ∈ z ⇒ b = a.2–k, – k ∈ z
= × (–1)1 = –2 . 9C2 . 7C3 ⇒bRa
0 3 4 1
∴ R is symmetric
ex Let a R b, b R c ⇒ a = 2 k1 b , b = 2 k2 c
37.[B] = B0 + B1x + B2x2 + .....
1− x a = 2 k1 2 k2 c = 2 k1+ k2 c , k1 + k2 ∈ z
⇒ ex = B0 – B0x + B1x – B1x2 + B2x2 – B2x2 + .... ⇒ aRc
⇒ ex = B0 + (B1 – B0)x + (B2 – B1)x2 + ..... ∴ R is transitive
Hence R is an equivalence Relation.
x2 x3 x4
⇒1+x+ + + + .... 43.[D] Q A.m ≥ G.m
2 3 4
= B0 + (B1 – B0)x + (B2 – B1)x2 + ... 1a b b a a b
∴  +  ≥ . =1⇒ + ≥2
∴ Bn – Bn –1 is coeff. of xn 2b a a b b a
1 b a c
On comparing coeff. of xn = Similarly + ≥2& + ≥2
n c c
b
c a
Adding we get
38.[A] x + y + z + 12 = 0 a b b c a c
+ + + + + ≥6
x, y, z are negative integers b a c b c a
Let x = – a, y = –b, z = – c, b+c c+a a+b
a, b, c are +ve integer then required number of ⇒ + + ≥6
a b c
points (x, y, z)
∴ minimum value is 6.
= Number of positive integral solution of
a + b + c = 12 1 1
44.[A] f (x) = ⇒ f ´(x) = – 2
= 12–1C3–1 = 11C2 = 55 x x
f (b) − f (a )
∴ = f ´(x1)
2 6 6 5 6 b−a
39.[A] p1 = p2 =
12 11 1 1  1 
⇒ – = (b – a) − ;
b a  x2 
p1 2 6 6  1 
= × 11 = 1 a < x1 < b
p2 12 5 6
⇒ x12 = ab ⇒ x1 = ab
f ( x) f (1 / x) − f ( x )
40.[C] 2f (x) =
∫ cot x dx = ∫ cot x (cosec x –1)dx
4 2 2
45.[C]
1 f (1 / x)
1 1
= f (x) .   – f   + f (x) = ∫ cot x cosec x dx – ∫ (cos ec x − 1) dx
2 2 2

 x  x
1 3
1 1 =– cot x + cotx + x + c
⇒ f (x) + f   = f (x) . f   3
x
   x
1 1
⇒ f (x) = 1 ± xn ∴f (x) = – cot3x + cotx + x + c + cot3x – cotx
3 3
f (2) = 17
=x+c
⇒ 1 ± 2n = 17 ⇒ ± 24 = 16
∴ +ve sign will be take  x π π π
∴ f  = + c ⇒ = +c
⇒ 2n = 16 ⇒ n = 4 2
  2 2 2
Now, ∴ f (x) = 1 + x4 ⇒c=0
⇒ f (5) = 54 + 1 = 626 ∴ f (x) = x

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 115 APRIL 2011

 bursted : irrelevant because this is an improper
LOGICAL REASONING form of the verb 'burst'.
busted :
1.[B] The given sequence is a combination of two Irrelevant because this is an incorrect form of the
series: verb 'bust'
I series : 11, 17, 23, (?) 3.[A] deduce : (to conclude) (to infer)
II series : 12, 18, 24 This word really suits to the given sentence
Pattern in both is + 6 making it a meaningful one.
So, missing number = 23 + 6 = 29 deduct : (to take away)
2.[B] Dum Dum is an airport in calcutta and Palam is Irrelevant, because it means something else.
an airport in Delhi. e.g. Tax is 'deducted' from his salary every year.
reduce : (to decrease)
Different meaning makes the sentence
3. [D] All except mustard are food grains, while meaningless. Hence, this is an incorrect option.
mustarel is an oilseed. Conduce : (to suit)
Irrelevant word.
4.[C]
4.[C] Sky (Firmament)
5. [B] Irrelevant 'opposite'
Firmament :
irrelevant 'opposite'.
nadir : (lowest point)
'Zenith' means highest point'.
6.[D]
Hence this is the most suitable word in opposite,
naive (Simple)
Irrelevant word that doesn't serve any purpose.
7.[C] The 3rd figure in each row comprises of parts 5.[A] Hungry : (a voracious eater) (a voracious reader)
which are not common to the first two figures. Wild : (Irrelevant)
It's Synonym is 'Savage'.
8. [C]
Quick : (Soon) therefore, irrelevant.
Angry : (furious) Hence, irrelevant.
6.[C] Journey man : (Irrelevant)
9.[D] Because it is a person who journeys regularly on a
particular route.
Tramp : (Irrelevant)
because it means 'a vagabond' who gets about
10.[B] The number of each type of figures decrease by 1 purposelessly.
at each step from left to eight in each row. Itinerant : (Relevant)
It's a person who moves from one place to another
during his travel.
ENGLISH Mendicant : (Irrelevant)
It's a religious preacher who goes from place to
place in the form of a beggar.
1.[B] Assure : (persuade that all is well)
Hence, irrelevant meaning. 7.[B] To dislocate :
Ensure : (guarantee) irrelevant meaning.
This is a relevant option as it properly suits to the To lose one's temper :
meaningful expression. Quite Relevant
Insure : (to cover against any loss) It's often used when a person is about to get
Hence, irrelevant meaning. angry.
Accept : To take off :
Irrelevant meaning in respect of the sentence. irrelevant
To be indifferent :
2.[B] burst : (punctured) Irrelevant
Irrelevant meaning.
bust : (collapsed)
Quite relevant meaning. Hence, correct option. 8.[A] took to : (to be accustomed to/to be addicted to)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 116 APRIL 2011

 Correct because it suits to the sentence when
Gandhi Ji was addicted to smoking.
took for : (to be mistaken while recognising)
irrelevant
took in : (to deceive someone)
irrelevant
took up : (to adopt)
irrelevant
9.[A] Get someone to break the box.
Correct answer because :
• The given sentence is in Passive Voice which
requires its answer in Active Voice.
• The given verb is Causatives in Imperative.
• This option is Causative Active Voice in
imperative form.
They have broken the box.
Incorrect Answer : Because
• The given verb is not causative.
• The given sentence is not imperative.
Have the broken box.
Incorrect : Because
• The verb is not causatives.
• 'Broken' has been used as an adjective in this
option.
Break the box
Incorrect because :
• The subject 'you' (implied) wan't break it but
will get someone to break it.
10.[B] He asked how shabby I was looking.
(Incorrect option) because :
The required answer (type of sentence) is wrong.
He exclaimed with disgust that I was looking
very shabby.
(Correct answer because)
• This option is exclamatory.
• Past Indefinite Tense has been used.
• The mood of the speaker is correct.
He exclaimed with sorrow that they were
looking much shabby.
(Incorrect option because) :
• Mood of exclamatory sentence is wrong.
• 'much' will be replaced with 'very'
• 'They' won't be used as a singular subject is
required.
He told that I was looking much shabby.
Incorrect answer because –
• Type of sentence is assertive whereas the
required type is 'exclamatory'.
• 'much' is to be replaced with 'very'.
11.[C] Neigh : Correct spelling as it means 'the cry of
horse'.
Reign : Correct spelling as it means 'the
controlling chord of an animal.'
Niece : Incorrect spelling as the correct one is
'niece'. (Opposite of 'Nephew').
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
Neither : Correct spelling. It is a conjunction to
be used with 'nor' for one of two options.
12.[C] I wonder :
No error in it.
What he has done with the book.
No error
I lend him
(Erroneous) because there is an error of 'Tenses'.
The word 'lend' is to be 'lent'.
No error :
There is an error.
13.[A] Distraught, awry :
Correct answer : 'Distraught' means to 'get upset'
and 'awry' means in 'disorder'.
Frustrated, Magnificently :
Both are opposite. One is positive and the other
one is negative. Therefore, no meaningful
sentence.
Elated, Wild :
No co-ordination, therefore incorrect answer.
Dejected, splendidly :
No co-ordination, therefore incorrect answer.
14.[D] Interesting :
" . . . and only a few were . . . . " phrase shows
that something opposite is required here. The
given option is not opposite to 'trivial'. Hence,
Irrelevant option.
Practical :
Like aforesaid logic, this option also is irrelevant.
Complex :
'Complex' can't be opposite to 'trivial'. Therefore,
can't be relevant.
Significant :
This is the relevant option making the sentence
quite meaningful with two contradictory words,
i.e. trivial and 'Significant connected with the
phrase ". . . . . and only a few were . . . . . "
15.[A] Paths, grave :
It is a meaningful pair of words to make the
sentence idiomatically correct.
Ways, happiness :
Not a meaningful pair. Hence, irrelevant option.
Acts, prosperity :
Not a meaningful pair. Hence, irrelevant option.
Achievements, Suffering :
Not a meaningful pair. Hence, irrelevant option.
117 APRIL 2011
 Subscription Offer for Students
'XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
IIT JEE becoming more competitive examination day by day.
Regular change in pattern making it more challenging.
C

"XtraEdge for IIT JEE" magazine makes sure you're updated & at the forefront.
Every month get the XtraEdge Advantage at your door step.

✓ Magazine content is prepared by highly experienced faculty members on the latest trend of IIT JEE.
✓ Predict future paper trends with XtraEdge Test Series every month to give students practice, practice & more practice.
✓ Take advantage of experts' articles on concepts development and problem solving skills
✓ Stay informed about latest exam dates, syllabus, new study techniques, time management skills and much more XtraFunda.
✓ Confidence building exercises with Self Tests and success stories of IITians
✓ Elevate you to the international arena with international Olympiad/Contests problems and Challenging Questions.

SUBSCRIPTION FORM FOR “EXTRAEDGE FOR IIT-JEE

The Manager-Subscription,
“XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”
Career Point Infosystems Ltd,
4th Floor, CP-Tower,
Special
IPIA, Kota (Raj)-324005 Offer
I wish to subscribe for the monthly Magazine “XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”
Half Yearly Subscription (Rs. 100/-) One Year subscription (Rs. 200/-) Two year Subscription (Rs. 400/-)
I am paying R. …………………….through
Money Order (M.O)
Bank Demand Draft of No………………………..Bank………………………………………………………..Dated C
(Note: Demand Draft should be in favour of "Career Point Infosystems Ltd" payable at Kota.)
Name: _______________________________________________________________________________________
Father's Name: _______________________________________________________________________________________
Address: _______________________________________________________________________________________
________________________City_____________________________State__________________________
PIN_________________________________________Ph with STD Code __________________________
Class Studying in ________________E-Mail: ________________________________________________
From months: ____________________to ________________________________________________

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 118 APRIL 2011

 Subscription Offer for Schools
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
IIT JEE becoming more competitive examination day by day.
Regular change in pattern making it more challenging.
C

"XtraEdge for IIT JEE" magazine makes sure you're updated & at the forefront.
Every month get the XtraEdge Advantage at your door step.

✓ Magazine content is prepared by highly experienced faculty members on the latest trend of the IIT JEE.
✓ Predict future paper trends with XtraEdge Test Series every month to give students practice, practice & more practice.
✓ Take advantage of experts' articles on concepts development and problem solving skills
✓ Stay informed about latest exam dates, syllabus, new study techniques, time management skills and much more XtraFunda.
✓ Confidence building exercises with Self Tests and success stories of IITians
✓ Elevate you to the international arena with international Olympiad/ Contests problems and Challenging Questions.

FREE SUBSCRIPTION FORM FOR “EXTRAEDGE FOR IIT-JEE

The Manager-Subscription,
“XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”
Career Point Infosystems Ltd,

C
4th Floor, CP-Tower,
IPIA, Kota (Raj)-324005

We wish to subscribe for the monthly Magazine “XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”

Half Yearly Subscription One Year subscription Two year Subscription

Institution Detail:
Graduate Collage Senior Secondary School Higher Secondary School

Name of the Institute: _____________________________________________________________________________

Name of the Principal: _____________________________________________________________________________
Mailing Address: _____________________________________________________________________________
__________________City_________________________State__________________________
PIN_____________________Ph with STD Code_____________________________________
Fax_______________________________ E-Mail_____________________________________
Board/ University: _____________________________________________________________________________________

School Seal with Signature

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 119 APRIL 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 120 APRIL 2011